WO2017213677A1 - Intelligent task discovery - Google Patents

Intelligent task discovery Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017213677A1
WO2017213677A1 PCT/US2016/051895 US2016051895W WO2017213677A1 WO 2017213677 A1 WO2017213677 A1 WO 2017213677A1 US 2016051895 W US2016051895 W US 2016051895W WO 2017213677 A1 WO2017213677 A1 WO 2017213677A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
task
electronic device
text string
data type
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2016/051895
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jose A. CASTILLO SANCHEZ
Garett Nell
Kimberly BEVERETT
Original Assignee
Apple Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from DKPA201670553A external-priority patent/DK179343B1/en
Application filed by Apple Inc. filed Critical Apple Inc.
Publication of WO2017213677A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017213677A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G10MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS; ACOUSTICS
    • G10LSPEECH ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES OR SPEECH SYNTHESIS; SPEECH RECOGNITION; SPEECH OR VOICE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES; SPEECH OR AUDIO CODING OR DECODING
    • G10L15/00Speech recognition
    • G10L15/22Procedures used during a speech recognition process, e.g. man-machine dialogue
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/20Natural language analysis
    • G06F40/279Recognition of textual entities
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/40Processing or translation of natural language

Definitions

  • An intelligent automated assistant can help a user consume content on an electronic device. For example, the user can ask the intelligent automated assistant to read a text message received at the electronic device, such that the user can consume the text message while engaging in other activities (e.g., driving). However, to perform a follow-up task using particular portion(s) of the content (e.g., address, phone numbers, and URLs mentioned in the text message), the user has to provide the necessary inputs to, for example, manually launch a service and manually reproduce relevant portions of content in the service.
  • portion(s) of the content e.g., address, phone numbers, and URLs mentioned in the text message
  • An example method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device includes, at the electronic device, receiving a communication comprising a text string and determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith.
  • the electronic device receives a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type and, in response to the user input indicative of the task, causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • An example method includes, at the electronic device, receiving a communication comprising a text string and determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device derives a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and outputs the derived task.
  • Example non-transitory computer readable storage media are disclosed herein.
  • An example non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to receive a communication comprising a text string; determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith.
  • the instructions further cause the electronic device to, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receive a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; and, in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • the instructions further cause the electronic device to, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • An example non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to receive a communication comprising a text string; determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types.
  • the instructions further cause the electronic device, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, derive a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and output the derived task.
  • Example devices are disclosed herein.
  • An example electronic device comprises one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, where the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a communication comprising a text string; determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith.
  • the one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; and in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • the one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • An example electronic device comprises one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, where the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors.
  • the one or more programs including instructions for receiving a communication comprising a text string; determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types.
  • the one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and outputting the derived task.
  • An example electronic device comprises means for receiving a communication comprising a text string; means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string
  • An example electronic device comprises means for receiving a communication comprising a text string; means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and outputting the derived task; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
  • FIG.1 is a block diagram illustrating a system and environment for implementing a digital assistant according to various examples.
  • FIG.2A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device implementing the client-side portion of a digital assistant in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG.2B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling according to various examples.
  • FIG.3 illustrates a portable multifunction device implementing the client-side portion of a digital assistant according to various examples.
  • FIG.4 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface according to various examples.
  • FIG.5A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device according to various examples.
  • FIG.5B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display according to various examples.
  • FIG.6A illustrates a personal electronic device according to various examples.
  • FIG.6B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device according to various examples.
  • FIG.7A is a block diagram illustrating a digital assistant system or a server portion thereof according to various examples.
  • FIG.7B illustrates the functions of the digital assistant shown in FIG.7A according to various examples.
  • FIG.7C illustrates a portion of an ontology according to various examples.
  • FIGS. 8A-E illustrate exemplary user interfaces of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 9A-C illustrate exemplary user interfaces of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-C illustrate an exemplary process for intelligent task discovery according to various examples.
  • FIG.11 illustrates an exemplary process for intelligent task discovery according to various examples.
  • FIG.12 illustrates a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to various examples.
  • FIG.13 illustrates a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to various examples. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • first input could be termed a second input
  • second input could be termed a first input
  • the first input and the second input can both be outputs and, in some cases, can be separate and different inputs.
  • the term“and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms“includes,”“including,” “comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. [0036] The term“if” may be construed to mean“when” or“upon” or“in response to determining” or“in response to detecting,” depending on the context.
  • FIG.1 illustrates a block diagram of system 100 according to various examples.
  • system 100 can implement a digital assistant.
  • the terms“digital assistant,”“virtual assistant,”“intelligent automated assistant,” or“automatic digital assistant” can refer to any information processing system that interprets natural language input in spoken and/or textual form to infer user intent, and performs actions based on the inferred user intent.
  • the system can perform one or more of the following: identifying a task flow with steps and parameters designed to accomplish the inferred user intent, inputting specific requirements from the inferred user intent into the task flow; executing the task flow by invoking programs, methods, services, APIs, or the like; and generating output responses to the user in an audible (e.g., speech) and/or visual form.
  • a digital assistant can be capable of accepting a user request at least partially in the form of a natural language command, request, statement, narrative, and/or inquiry.
  • the user request can seek either an informational answer or performance of a task by the digital assistant.
  • a satisfactory response to the user request can be a provision of the requested informational answer, a performance of the requested task, or a combination of the two.
  • a user can ask the digital assistant a question, such as “Where am I right now?” Based on the user’s current location, the digital assistant can answer,“You are in Central Park near the west gate.”
  • the user can also request the performance of a task, for example,“Please invite my friends to my girlfriend’s birthday party next week.”
  • the digital assistant can acknowledge the request by saying “Yes, right away,” and then send a suitable calendar invite on behalf of the user to each of the user’s friends listed in the user’s electronic address book.
  • a digital assistant can be implemented according to a client-server model.
  • the digital assistant can include client-side portion 102 (hereafter“DA client 102”) executed on user device 104 and server-side portion 106 (hereafter“DA server 106”) executed on server system 108.
  • DA client 102 can communicate with DA server 106 through one or more networks 110.
  • DA client 102 can provide client- side functionalities such as user-facing input and output processing and communication with DA server 106.
  • DA server 106 can provide server-side functionalities for any number of DA clients 102 each residing on a respective user device 104.
  • DA server 106 can include client-facing I/O interface 112, one or more processing modules 114, data and models 116, and I/O interface to external services 118.
  • the client-facing I/O interface 112 can facilitate the client-facing input and output processing for DA server 106.
  • One or more processing modules 114 can utilize data and models 116 to process speech input and determine the user’s intent based on natural language input.
  • User device 104 can be any suitable electronic device.
  • user devices can be a portable multifunctional device (e.g., device 200, described below with reference to FIG. 2A), a multifunctional device (e.g., device 400, described below with reference to FIG. 4), or a personal electronic device (e.g., device 600, described below with reference to FIG.
  • a portable multifunctional device can be, for example, a mobile telephone that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • portable multifunction devices can include the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
  • Other examples of portable multifunction devices can include, without limitation, laptop or tablet computers.
  • user device 104 can be a non-portable multifunctional device.
  • user device 104 can be a desktop computer, a game console, a television, or a television set-top box.
  • user device 104 can include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads).
  • user device 104 can optionally include one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick.
  • Various examples of electronic devices, such as multifunctional devices, are described below in greater detail.
  • Examples of communication network(s) 110 can include local area networks (LAN) and wide area networks (WAN), e.g., the Internet.
  • LAN local area networks
  • WAN wide area networks
  • Communication network(s) 110 can be implemented using any known network protocol, including various wired or wireless protocols, such as, for example, Ethernet, Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, or any other suitable communication protocol.
  • Server system 108 can be implemented on one or more standalone data processing apparatus or a distributed network of computers.
  • server system 108 can also employ various virtual devices and/or services of third-party service providers (e.g., third-party cloud service providers) to provide the underlying computing resources and/or infrastructure resources of server system 108.
  • third-party service providers e.g., third-party cloud service providers
  • user device 104 can communicate with DA server 106 via second user device 122.
  • Second user device 122 can be similar or identical to user device 104.
  • second user device 122 can be similar to devices 200, 400, or 600 described below with reference to FIGs.2A, 4, and 6A-B.
  • User device 104 can be configured to communicatively couple to second user device 122 via a direct communication connection, such as Bluetooth, NFC, BTLE, or the like, or via a wired or wireless network, such as a local Wi-Fi network.
  • second user device 122 can be configured to act as a proxy between user device 104 and DA server 106.
  • DA client 102 of user device 104 can be configured to transmit information (e.g., a user request received at user device 104) to DA server 106 via second user device 122.
  • DA server 106 can process the information and return relevant data (e.g., data content responsive to the user request) to user device 104 via second user device 122.
  • user device 104 can be configured to communicate abbreviated requests for data to second user device 122 to reduce the amount of information transmitted from user device 104.
  • Second user device 122 can be configured to determine supplemental information to add to the abbreviated request to generate a complete request to transmit to DA server 106.
  • This system architecture can advantageously allow user device 104 having limited communication capabilities and/or limited battery power (e.g., a watch or a similar compact electronic device) to access services provided by DA server 106 by using second user device 122, having greater communication capabilities and/or battery power (e.g., a mobile phone, laptop computer, tablet computer, or the like), as a proxy to DA server 106. While only two user devices 104 and 122 are shown in FIG. 1, it will be appreciated that system 100 can include any number and type of user devices configured in this proxy configuration to communicate with DA server system 106. [0046] Although the digital assistant shown in FIG.
  • DA client 102 can include both a client-side portion (e.g., DA client 102) and a server-side portion (e.g., DA server 106), in some examples, the functions of a digital assistant can be implemented as a standalone application installed on a user device.
  • the divisions of functionalities between the client and server portions of the digital assistant can vary in different implementations.
  • the DA client can be a thin-client that provides only user-facing input and output processing functions, and delegates all other functionalities of the digital assistant to a backend server.
  • FIG. 2A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 200 with touch-sensitive display system 212 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Touch-sensitive display 212 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a“touch-sensitive display system.”
  • Device 200 includes memory 202 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 222, one or more processing units (CPUs) 220, peripherals interface 218, RF circuitry 208, audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, microphone 213, input/output (I/O) subsystem 206, other input control devices 216, and external port 224.
  • Device 200 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 264.
  • Device 200 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 265 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 200 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 212 of device 200).
  • Device 200 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 267 for generating tactile outputs on device 200 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 212 of device 200 or touchpad 455 of device 400).
  • These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 203.
  • the term“intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors.
  • one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
  • a pressure- sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface.
  • the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements).
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
  • the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure.
  • the term“tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch.
  • a component e.g., a touch-sensitive surface
  • another component e.g., housing
  • the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad
  • a“down click” or“up click” of a physical actuator button is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a“down click” or“up click” of a physical actuator button.
  • a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an“down click” or“up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements.
  • movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as“roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users.
  • a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an“up click,” a“down click,”“roughness”)
  • the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • device 200 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 200 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG.2A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 202 may include one or more computer-readable storage mediums.
  • the computer-readable storage mediums may be tangible and non-transitory.
  • Memory 202 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices.
  • Memory controller 222 may control access to memory 202 by other components of device 200.
  • a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of memory 202 can be used to store instructions (e.g., for performing aspects of processes 1000 and 1100, described below) for use by or in connection with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device, such as a computer-based system, processor-containing system, or other system that can fetch the instructions from the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device and execute the instructions.
  • the instructions e.g., for performing aspects of processes 1000 and 1100, described below
  • a“non-transitory computer-readable storage medium” can be any medium that can contain or store the program for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device.
  • Peripherals interface 218 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 220 and memory 202.
  • the one or more processors 220 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 202 to perform various functions for device 200 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 218, CPU 220, and memory controller 222 may be implemented on a single chip, such as chip 204. In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 208 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 208 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 208 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • an antenna system an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • RF circuitry 208 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • the RF circuitry 208 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio.
  • NFC near field communication
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g
  • Audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, and microphone 213 provide an audio interface between a user and device 200.
  • Audio circuitry 210 receives audio data from peripherals interface 218, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 211.
  • Speaker 211 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 210 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 213 from sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 210 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 218 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 202 and/or RF circuitry 208 by peripherals interface 218.
  • audio circuitry 210 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 312, FIG.3).
  • the headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 210 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • I/O subsystem 206 couples input/output peripherals on device 200, such as touch screen 212 and other input control devices 216, to peripherals interface 218.
  • I/O subsystem 206 optionally includes display controller 256, optical sensor controller 258, intensity sensor controller 259, haptic feedback controller 261, and one or more input controllers 260 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 260 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 216.
  • the other input control devices 216 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controller(s) 260 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons e.g., 308, FIG. 3
  • the one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 306, FIG. 3).
  • a quick press of the push button may disengage a lock of touch screen 212 or begin a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11/322,549,“Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a longer press of the push button (e.g., 306) may turn power to device 200 on or off.
  • the user may be able to customize a functionality of one or more of the buttons.
  • Touch screen 212 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.
  • Touch-sensitive display 212 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • Display controller 256 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 212.
  • Touch screen 212 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed“graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects.
  • Touch screen 212 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact.
  • Touch screen 212 and display controller 256 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 202) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 212 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 212.
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images
  • a point of contact between touch screen 212 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.
  • Touch screen 212 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments.
  • Touch screen 212 and display controller 256 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 212.
  • touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 212.
  • projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 212 may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S.
  • touch screen 212 displays visual output from device 200, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.
  • a touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 212 may be as described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No.11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862,“Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S.
  • Touch screen 212 may have a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi.
  • the user may make contact with touch screen 212 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • device 200 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 212 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Device 200 also includes power system 262 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 262 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • Power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system e.g., a battery, alternating current (AC)
  • a power failure detection circuit e.g., a power converter or inverter
  • a power status indicator e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)
  • LED light-emitting diode
  • Device 200 may also include one or more optical sensors 264.
  • FIG.2A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 258 in I/O subsystem 206.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • optical sensor 264 may capture still images or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of device 200, opposite touch screen display 212 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition.
  • an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image may be obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display.
  • Device 200 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 265.
  • FIG. 2A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 259 in I/O subsystem 206.
  • Contact intensity sensor 265 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface).
  • Contact intensity sensor 265 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.
  • contact intensity information e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information
  • at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 212).
  • at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 200, opposite touch screen display 212, which is located on the front of device 200.
  • Device 200 may also include one or more proximity sensors 266.
  • FIG. 2A shows proximity sensor 266 coupled to peripherals interface 218.
  • proximity sensor 266 may be coupled to input controller 260 in I/O subsystem 206.
  • Proximity sensor 266 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos.11/241,839,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/240,788,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and
  • Device 200 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 267.
  • FIG. 2A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 261 in I/O subsystem 206.
  • Tactile output generator 267 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device).
  • Contact intensity sensor 265 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 233 and generates tactile outputs on device 200 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 200.
  • At least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 212) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 200) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 200).
  • at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 200, opposite touch screen display 212, which is located on the front of device 200.
  • Device 200 may also include one or more accelerometers 268.
  • FIG.2A shows accelerometer 268 coupled to peripherals interface 218.
  • accelerometer 268 may be coupled to an input controller 260 in I/O subsystem 206. Accelerometer 268 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Publication No.20050190059,“Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No.
  • Device 200 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 268, a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 200.
  • the software components stored in memory 202 include operating system 226, communication module (or set of instructions) 228, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 230, graphics module (or set of instructions) 232, text input module (or set of instructions) 234, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 235, Digital Assistant Client Module 229, and applications (or sets of instructions) 236.
  • memory 202 can store data and models, such as user data and models 231.
  • memory 202 (FIG. 2A) or 470 (FIG. 4) stores device/global internal state 257, as shown in FIGS. 2A and 4.
  • Device/global internal state 257 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 212; sensor state, including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and input control devices 216; and location information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 226 e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks
  • Communication module 228 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 224 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 208 and/or external port 224.
  • External port 224 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices.
  • Contact/motion module 230 optionally detects contact with touch screen 212 (in conjunction with display controller 256) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • Contact/motion module 230 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
  • Contact/motion module 230 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • Determining movement of the point of contact optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch”/multiple finger contacts).
  • contact/motion module 230 and display controller 256 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • contact/motion module 230 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has“clicked” on an icon).
  • At least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 200).
  • a mouse“click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware.
  • a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click“intensity” parameter).
  • Contact/motion module 230 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event.
  • Graphics module 232 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 212 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed.
  • the term“graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including ,without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like.
  • graphics module 232 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 232 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 256. [0079] Haptic feedback module 233 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 267 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 200 in response to user interactions with device 200.
  • Text input module 23 which may be a component of graphics module 232, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 237, e mail 240, IM 241, browser 247, and any other application that needs text input).
  • GPS module 235 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 238 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 243 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location- based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Digital assistant client module 229 can include various client-side digital assistant instructions to provide the client-side functionalities of the digital assistant.
  • digital assistant client module 229 can be capable of accepting voice input (e.g., speech input), text input, touch input, and/or gestural input through various user interfaces (e.g., microphone 213, accelerometer(s) 268, touch-sensitive display system 212, optical sensor(s) 229, other input control devices 216, etc.) of portable multifunction device 200.
  • Digital assistant client module 229 can also be capable of providing output in audio (e.g., speech output), visual, and/or tactile forms through various output interfaces (e.g., speaker 211, touch-sensitive display system 212, tactile output generator(s) 267, etc.) of portable multifunction device 200.
  • output can be provided as voice, sound, alerts, text messages, menus, graphics, videos, animations, vibrations, and/or combinations of two or more of the above.
  • digital assistant client module 229 can communicate with DA server 106 using RF circuitry 208.
  • User data and models 231 can include various data associated with the user (e.g., user-specific vocabulary data, user preference data, user-specified name pronunciations, data from the user’s electronic address book, to-do lists, shopping lists, etc.) to provide the client- side functionalities of the digital assistant.
  • user data and models 231 can includes various models (e.g., speech recognition models, statistical language models, natural language processing models, ontology, task flow models, service models, etc.) for processing user input and determining user intent.
  • digital assistant client module 229 can utilize the various sensors, subsystems, and peripheral devices of portable multifunction device 200 to gather additional information from the surrounding environment of the portable multifunction device 200 to establish a context associated with a user, the current user interaction, and/or the current user input.
  • digital assistant client module 229 can provide the contextual information or a subset thereof with the user input to DA server 106 to help infer the user’s intent.
  • the digital assistant can also use the contextual information to determine how to prepare and deliver outputs to the user.
  • Contextual information can be referred to as context data.
  • the contextual information that accompanies the user input can include sensor information, e.g., lighting, ambient noise, ambient temperature, images or videos of the surrounding environment, etc.
  • the contextual information can also include the physical state of the device, e.g., device orientation, device location, device temperature, power level, speed, acceleration, motion patterns, cellular signals strength, etc.
  • information related to the software state of DA server 106 e.g., running processes, installed programs, past and present network activities, background services, error logs, resources usage, etc., and of portable multifunction device 200 can be provided to DA server 106 as contextual information associated with a user input.
  • the digital assistant client module 229 can selectively provide information (e.g., user data 231) stored on the portable multifunction device 200 in response to requests from DA server 106.
  • digital assistant client module 229 can also elicit additional input from the user via a natural language dialogue or other user interfaces upon request by DA server 106.
  • Digital assistant client module 229 can pass the additional input to DA server 106 to help DA server 106 in intent deduction and/or fulfillment of the user’s intent expressed in the user request. [0087] A more detailed description of a digital assistant is described below with reference to FIGs.7A-C. It should be recognized that digital assistant client module 229 can include any number of the sub-modules of digital assistant module 726 described below.
  • Applications 236 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: • Contacts module 237 (sometimes called an address book or contact list); • Telephone module 238; • Video conference module 239; • Email client module 240; • Instant messaging (IM) module 241; • Workout support module 242; • Camera module 243 for still and/or video images; • Image management module 244; • Video player module; • Music player module; • Browser module 247; • Calendar module 248; • Widget modules 249, which may include one or more of: weather widget 249-1, stocks widget 249-2, calculator widget 249-3, alarm clock widget 249-4, dictionary widget 249-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 249-6; • Widget creator module 250 for making user-created widgets 249-6; • Search module 251; • Video and music player module 252, which merges video player module and music player module; • Notes module 253; • Map module 254; and/or • Online
  • Examples of other applications 236 that may be stored in memory 202 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • contacts module 237 may be used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 292 of contacts module 237 in memory 202 or memory 470), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), email address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or email addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 238, video conference module 239, email 240, or IM 241; and so forth.
  • telephone module 238 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 237, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies.
  • video conference module 239 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • email client module 240 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage email in response to user instructions.
  • email client module 240 makes it very easy to create and send emails with still or video images taken with camera module 243.
  • the instant messaging module 241 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • Multimedia Message Service MMS
  • XMPP extensible Markup Language
  • SIMPLE Session Initiation Protocol
  • IMPS Internet-based instant messages
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS).
  • workout support module 242 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • create workouts e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals
  • communicate with workout sensors sports devices
  • receive workout sensor data calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout
  • select and play music for a workout and display, store, and transmit workout data.
  • camera module 243 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 202, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 202.
  • image management module 244 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • browser module 247 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • calendar module 248 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • widget modules 249 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 249-1, stocks widget 249-2, calculator widget 249-3, alarm clock widget 249-4, and dictionary widget 249-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 249-6).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • the widget creator module 250 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • search module 251 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 202 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • search criteria e.g., one or more user-specified search terms
  • video and music player module 252 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 212 or on an external, connected display via external port 224).
  • device 200 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • notes module 253 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • map module 254 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • maps e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data
  • online video module 255 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 224), send an email with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264.
  • instant messaging module 241 rather than email client module 240, is used to send a link to a particular online video.
  • Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • These modules e.g., sets of instructions
  • video player module may be combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 252, FIG.2A).
  • memory 202 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 202 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • device 200 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 200, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 200 may be reduced.
  • the predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces.
  • the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates device 200 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 200.
  • a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad.
  • the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG.2B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • memory 202 (FIG.2A) or 470 (FIG.4) includes event sorter 270 (e.g., in operating system 226) and a respective application 236-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 237-251, 255, 480-490).
  • event sorter 270 e.g., in operating system 226
  • application 236-1 e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 237-251, 255, 480-490.
  • Event sorter 270 receives event information and determines the application 236-1 and application view 291 of application 236-1 to which to deliver the event information.
  • Event sorter 270 includes event monitor 271 and event dispatcher module 274.
  • application 236-1 includes application internal state 292, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 212 when the application is active or executing.
  • device/global internal state 257 is used by event sorter 270 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 292 is used by event sorter 270 to determine application views 291 to which to deliver event information.
  • application internal state 292 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 236-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 236-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 236-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 271 receives event information from peripherals interface 218. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 212, as part of a multi-touch gesture).
  • Peripherals interface 218 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 206 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 266, accelerometer(s) 268, and/or microphone 213 (through audio circuitry 210).
  • Information that peripherals interface 218 receives from I/O subsystem 206 includes information from touch- sensitive display 212 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • event monitor 271 sends requests to the peripherals interface 218 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 218 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 218 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • event sorter 270 also includes a hit view determination module 272 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 273.
  • Hit view determination module 272 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 212 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • FIG. 1 Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur.
  • the application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected may correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected may be called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs may be determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 272 receives information related to sub events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 272 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub- events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 272, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 273 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 273 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 273 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 274 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 280). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 273, event dispatcher module 274 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 273. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 274 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 282.
  • an event recognizer e.g., event recognizer 280.
  • event dispatcher module 274 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 273.
  • event dispatcher module 274 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 282.
  • operating system 226 includes event sorter 270.
  • application 236-1 includes event sorter 270.
  • event sorter 270 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 202, such as contact/motion module 230.
  • application 236-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 290 and one or more application views 291, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface.
  • Each application view 291 of the application 236-1 includes one or more event recognizers 280.
  • a respective application view 291 includes a plurality of event recognizers 280.
  • one or more of event recognizers 280 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 236-1 inherits methods and other properties.
  • a respective event handler 290 includes one or more of: data updater 276, object updater 277, GUI updater 278, and/or event data 279 received from event sorter 270.
  • Event handler 290 may utilize or call data updater 276, object updater 277, or GUI updater 278 to update the application internal state 292.
  • one or more of the application views 291 include one or more respective event handlers 290.
  • one or more of data updater 276, object updater 277, and GUI updater 278 are included in a respective application view 291.
  • a respective event recognizer 280 receives event information (e.g., event data 279) from event sorter 270 and identifies an event from the event information.
  • Event recognizer 280 includes event receiver 282 and event comparator 284. In some
  • event recognizer 280 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 283, and event delivery instructions 288 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 282 receives event information from event sorter 270.
  • the event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement.
  • the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event.
  • the event information may also include speed and direction of the sub-event.
  • events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 284 compares the event information to predefined event or sub- event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event.
  • event comparator 284 includes event definitions 286.
  • Event definitions 286 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (287-1), event 2 (287- 2), and others.
  • sub-events in an event (287) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching.
  • the definition for event 1 (287-1) is a double tap on a displayed object.
  • the double tap for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase.
  • the definition for event 2 (287-2) is a dragging on a displayed object.
  • the dragging for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch- sensitive display 212, and liftoff of the touch (touch end).
  • the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 290.
  • event definition 287 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object.
  • event comparator 284 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 212, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 212, event comparator 284 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 290, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 290 should be activated. For example, event comparator 284 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • the definition for a respective event (287) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
  • a respective event recognizer 280 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 286, the respective event recognizer 280 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • a respective event recognizer 280 includes metadata 283 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers.
  • metadata 283 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers may interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another.
  • metadata 283 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • a respective event recognizer 280 activates event handler 290 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized.
  • a respective event recognizer 280 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 290. Activating an event handler 290 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.
  • event recognizer 280 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 290 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • event delivery instructions 288 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • data updater 276 creates and updates data used in application 236-1. For example, data updater 276 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 237, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, data updater 276 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 237, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, data updater 276 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 237, or stores a video file used in video player module.
  • object updater 277 creates and updates objects used in application 236-1. For example, object updater 277 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object.
  • GUI updater 278 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 278 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 232 for display on a touch- sensitive display.
  • event handler(s) 290 includes or has access to data updater 276, object updater 277, and GUI updater 278.
  • data updater 276, object updater 277, and GUI updater 278 are included in a single module of a respective application 236-1 or application view 291. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 200 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens.
  • mouse movement and mouse button presses optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • FIG.3 illustrates a portable multifunction device 200 having a touch screen 212 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 300.
  • UI user interface
  • a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 302 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 303 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
  • selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
  • the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 200.
  • inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic.
  • a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 200 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as“home” or menu button 304.
  • menu button 304 may be used to navigate to any application 236 in a set of applications that may be executed on device 200.
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 212.
  • device 200 includes touch screen 212, menu button 304, push button 306 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 308, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 310, headset jack 312, and docking/charging external port 224.
  • Push button 306 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process.
  • device 200 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 213.
  • Device 200 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 265 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 212 and/or one or more tactile output generators 267 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 200.
  • FIG.4 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Device 400 need not be portable.
  • device 400 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller).
  • Device 400 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 410, one or more network or other communications interfaces 460, memory 470, and one or more communication buses 420 for interconnecting these components.
  • CPUs processing units
  • Communication buses 420 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components.
  • Device 400 includes input/output (I/O) interface 430 comprising display 440, which is typically a touch screen display.
  • I/O interface 430 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 450 and touchpad 455, tactile output generator 457 for generating tactile outputs on device 400 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 267 described above with reference to FIG.2A), sensors 459 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 265 described above with reference to FIG. 2A).
  • sensors 459 e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 265 described above with reference to FIG. 2A).
  • Memory 470 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non- volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 470 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 410. In some embodiments, memory 470 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 202 of portable multifunction device 200 (FIG.2A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 470 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 202 of portable multifunction device 200.
  • memory 470 of device 400 optionally stores drawing module 480, presentation module 482, word processing module 484, website creation module 486, disk authoring module 488, and/or spreadsheet module 490, while memory 202 of portable multifunction device 200 (FIG.2A) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above-identified elements in FIG.4 may be stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices.
  • Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
  • the above- identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments.
  • memory 470 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 470 may store additional modules and data structures not described above. [0140] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that may be implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 200.
  • FIG.5A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 200 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces may be implemented on device 400.
  • user interface 500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • icon labels illustrated in FIG.5A are merely exemplary.
  • icon 522 for video and music player module 252 may optionally be labeled “Music” or“Music Player.”
  • Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons.
  • a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon.
  • a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • FIG.5B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 400, FIG. 4) with a touch-sensitive surface 551 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 455, FIG.4) that is separate from the display 550 (e.g., touch screen display 212).
  • Device 400 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 457) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 551 and/or one or more tactile output generators 459 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 400.
  • the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG.5B.
  • the touch-sensitive surface e.g., 551 in FIG.5B
  • the touch-sensitive surface has a primary axis (e.g., 552 in FIG. 5B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 553 in FIG.5B) on the display (e.g., 550).
  • the device detects contacts (e.g., 560 and 562 in FIG.
  • finger inputs e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures
  • one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input).
  • a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact).
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact).
  • multiple user inputs it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
  • FIG.6A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 600.
  • Device 600 includes body 602.
  • device 600 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 200 and 400 (e.g., FIGS. 2A-4B).
  • device 600 has touch-sensitive display screen 604, hereafter touch screen 604.
  • touch screen 604 may have one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied.
  • the one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 604 (or the touch- sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches.
  • the user interface of device 600 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 600.
  • device 600 has one or more input mechanisms 606 and 608.
  • Input mechanisms 606 and 608, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms.
  • device 600 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 600 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms may permit device 600 to be worn by a user.
  • FIG.6B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 600.
  • device 600 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 2A, 2B, and 4.
  • Device 600 has bus 612 that operatively couples I/O section 614 with one or more computer processors 616 and memory 618.
  • I/O section 614 can be connected to display 604, which can have touch-sensitive component 622 and, optionally, touch-intensity sensitive component 624.
  • I/O section 614 can be connected with communication unit 630 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques.
  • Device 600 can include input mechanisms 606 and/or 608.
  • Input mechanism 606 may be a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example.
  • Input mechanism 608 may be a button, in some examples.
  • Input mechanism 608 may be a microphone, in some examples.
  • Personal electronic device 600 can include various sensors, such as GPS sensor 632, accelerometer 634, directional sensor 640 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 636, motion sensor 638, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 614.
  • sensors such as GPS sensor 632, accelerometer 634, directional sensor 640 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 636, motion sensor 638, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 614.
  • Memory 618 of personal electronic device 600 can include one or more non- transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 616, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 1000 and 1100 (FIGS. 10-11).
  • Personal electronic device 600 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG.6B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
  • the term“affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that may be displayed on the display screen of devices 200, 400, and/or 600 (FIGS. 2, 4, and 6).
  • an image e.g., icon
  • a button e.g., button
  • text e.g., link
  • the term“focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting.
  • the cursor acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 455 in FIG.4 or touch-sensitive surface 551 in FIG.5B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., touchpad 455 in FIG.4 or touch-sensitive surface 551 in FIG.5B
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element
  • a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element
  • focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
  • the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact).
  • a focus selector e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box
  • a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • the term“characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact.
  • the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples.
  • the characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact).
  • a predefined time period e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds
  • characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
  • the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time).
  • the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user.
  • the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold.
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation.
  • a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases.
  • the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
  • a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact.
  • the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding- average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm.
  • these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • the intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface may be characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds.
  • the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the device when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
  • a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected
  • these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“light press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“deep press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface.
  • a decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface.
  • the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
  • one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold.
  • the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a“down stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed“jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold).
  • the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
  • the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold.
  • FIG.7A illustrates a block diagram of digital assistant system 700 in accordance with various examples.
  • digital assistant system 700 can be implemented on a standalone computer system.
  • digital assistant system 700 can be distributed across multiple computers.
  • some of the modules and functions of the digital assistant can be divided into a server portion and a client portion, where the client portion resides on one or more user devices (e.g., devices 104, 122, 200, 400, or 600) and communicates with the server portion (e.g., server system 108) through one or more networks, e.g., as shown in FIG.1.
  • digital assistant system 700 can be an implementation of server system 108 (and/or DA server 106) shown in FIG.1. It should be noted that digital assistant system 700 is only one example of a digital assistant system, and that digital assistant system 700 can have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG.7A can be implemented in hardware, software instructions for execution by one or more processors, firmware, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits, or a combination thereof.
  • Digital assistant system 700 can include memory 702, one or more processors 704, input/output (I/O) interface 706, and network communications interface 708. These components can communicate with one another over one or more communication buses or signal lines 710.
  • memory 702 can include a non-transitory computer-readable medium, such as high-speed random access memory and/or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium (e.g., one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices).
  • a non-transitory computer-readable medium such as high-speed random access memory and/or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium (e.g., one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices).
  • I/O interface 706 can couple input/output devices 716 of digital assistant system 700, such as displays, keyboards, touch screens, and microphones, to user interface module 722.
  • I/O interface 706, in conjunction with user interface module 722, can receive user inputs (e.g., voice input, keyboard inputs, touch inputs, etc.) and processes them accordingly.
  • digital assistant system 700 can include any of the components and I/O communication interfaces described with respect to devices 200, 400, or 600 in FIGS. 2A, 4, 6A-B, respectively.
  • digital assistant system 700 can represent the server portion of a digital assistant implementation, and can interact with the user through a client-side portion residing on a user device (e.g., devices 104, 200, 400, or 600).
  • the network communications interface 708 can include wired communication port(s) 712 and/or wireless transmission and reception circuitry 714.
  • the wired communication port(s) can receive and send communication signals via one or more wired interfaces, e.g., Ethernet, Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • the wireless circuitry 714 can receive and send RF signals and/or optical signals from/to communications networks and other communications devices.
  • the wireless communications can use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, such as GSM, EDGE, CDMA, TDMA, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, VoIP, Wi-MAX, or any other suitable communication protocol.
  • Network communications interface 708 can enable communication between digital assistant system 700 with networks, such as the Internet, an intranet, and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN), and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices.
  • memory 702, or the computer-readable storage media of memory 702 can store programs, modules, instructions, and data structures including all or a subset of: operating system 718, communications module 720, user interface module 722, one or more applications 724, and digital assistant module 726.
  • memory 702, or the computer-readable storage media of memory 702 can store instructions for performing processes 1000 and 1100, described below.
  • One or more processors 704 can execute these programs, modules, and instructions, and reads/writes from/to the data structures.
  • Operating system 718 can include various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communications between various hardware, firmware, and software components.
  • general system tasks e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.
  • Communications module 720 can facilitate communications between digital assistant system 700 with other devices over network communications interface 708.
  • communications module 720 can communicate with RF circuitry 208 of electronic devices such as devices 200, 400, and 600 shown in FIG.2A, 4, 6A-B, respectively.
  • Communications module 720 can also include various components for handling data received by wireless circuitry 714 and/or wired communications port 712.
  • User interface module 722 can receive commands and/or inputs from a user via I/O interface 706 (e.g., from a keyboard, touch screen, pointing device, controller, and/or microphone), and generate user interface objects on a display. User interface module 722 can also prepare and deliver outputs (e.g., speech, sound, animation, text, icons, vibrations, haptic feedback, light, etc.) to the user via the I/O interface 706 (e.g., through displays, audio channels, speakers, touch-pads, etc.).
  • outputs e.g., speech, sound, animation, text, icons, vibrations, haptic feedback, light, etc.
  • Applications 724 can include programs and/or modules that are configured to be executed by one or more processors 704. For example, if the digital assistant system is implemented on a standalone user device, applications 724 can include user applications, such as games, a calendar application, a navigation application, or an email application. If digital assistant system 700 is implemented on a server, applications 724 can include resource management applications, diagnostic applications, or scheduling applications, for example.
  • Memory 702 can also store digital assistant module 726 (or the server portion of a digital assistant).
  • digital assistant module 726 can include the following sub-modules, or a subset or superset thereof: input/output processing module 728, speech-to- text (STT) processing module 730, natural language processing module 732, dialogue flow processing module 734, task flow processing module 736, service processing module 738, and speech synthesis module 740.
  • STT speech-to- text
  • Each of these modules can have access to one or more of the following systems or data and models of the digital assistant module 726, or a subset or superset thereof: ontology 760, vocabulary index 744, user data 748, task flow models 754, service models 756, and ASR systems.
  • the digital assistant can perform at least some of the following: converting speech input into text; identifying a user’s intent expressed in a natural language input received from the user; actively eliciting and obtaining information needed to fully infer the user’s intent (e.g., by disambiguating words, games, intentions, etc.);
  • I/O processing module 728 can interact with the user through I/O devices 716 in FIG.7A or with a user device (e.g., devices 104, 200, 400, or 600) through network communications interface 708 in FIG.7A to obtain user input (e.g., a speech input) and to provide responses (e.g., as speech outputs) to the user input.
  • I/O processing module 728 can optionally obtain contextual information associated with the user input from the user device, along with or shortly after the receipt of the user input.
  • the contextual information can include user-specific data, vocabulary, and/or preferences relevant to the user input.
  • the contextual information also includes software and hardware states of the user device at the time the user request is received, and/or information related to the surrounding environment of the user at the time that the user request was received.
  • I/O processing module 728 can also send follow-up questions to, and receive answers from, the user regarding the user request. When a user request is received by I/O processing module 728 and the user request can include speech input, I/O processing module 728 can forward the speech input to STT processing module 730 (or speech recognizer) for speech-to-text conversions.
  • STT processing module 730 can include one or more ASR systems.
  • the one or more ASR systems can process the speech input that is received through I/O processing module 728 to produce a recognition result.
  • Each ASR system can include a front-end speech pre-processor.
  • the front-end speech pre-processor can extract representative features from the speech input.
  • the front-end speech pre-processor can perform a Fourier transform on the speech input to extract spectral features that characterize the speech input as a sequence of representative multi-dimensional vectors.
  • each ASR system can include one or more speech recognition models (e.g., acoustic models and/or language models) and can implement one or more speech recognition engines.
  • Examples of speech recognition models can include Hidden Markov Models, Gaussian-Mixture Models, Deep Neural Network Models, n-gram language models, and other statistical models.
  • Examples of speech recognition engines can include the dynamic time warping based engines and weighted finite-state transducers (WFST) based engines.
  • the one or more speech recognition models and the one or more speech recognition engines can be used to process the extracted representative features of the front-end speech pre-processor to produce intermediate recognitions results (e.g., phonemes, phonemic strings, and sub-words), and ultimately, text recognition results (e.g., words, word strings, or sequence of tokens).
  • the speech input can be processed at least partially by a third-party service or on the user’s device (e.g., device 104, 200, 400, or 600) to produce the recognition result.
  • STT processing module 730 produces recognition results containing a text string (e.g., words, or sequence of words, or sequence of tokens)
  • the recognition result can be passed to natural language processing module 732 for intent deduction.
  • STT processing module 730 can include and/or access a vocabulary of recognizable words via phonetic alphabet conversion module 731.
  • Each vocabulary word can be associated with one or more candidate pronunciations of the word represented in a speech recognition phonetic alphabet.
  • the vocabulary of recognizable words can include a word that is associated with a plurality of candidate pronunciations.
  • the vocabulary may include the word“tomato” that is associated with the candidate pronunciations of /t ⁇ 'me ⁇ o ⁇ / and /t ⁇ 'm ⁇ to ⁇ /.
  • vocabulary words can be associated with custom candidate pronunciations that are based on previous speech inputs from the user.
  • Such custom candidate pronunciations can be stored in STT processing module 730 and can be associated with a particular user via the user’s profile on the device.
  • the candidate pronunciations for words can be determined based on the spelling of the word and one or more linguistic and/or phonetic rules.
  • the candidate pronunciations can be manually generated, e.g., based on known canonical pronunciations.
  • the candidate pronunciations can be ranked based on the commonness of the candidate pronunciation. For example, the candidate pronunciation /t ⁇ 'me ⁇ o ⁇ / can be ranked higher than , because the former is a more commonly used pronunciation (e.g., among all users, for users in a particular geographical region, or for any other appropriate subset of users).
  • candidate pronunciations can be ranked based on whether the candidate pronunciation is a custom candidate pronunciation associated with the user. For example, custom candidate pronunciations can be ranked higher than canonical candidate pronunciations. This can be useful for recognizing proper nouns having a unique pronunciation that deviates from canonical pronunciation.
  • candidate pronunciations can be associated with one or more speech
  • the candidate pronunciation can be associated with the United States, whereas the candidate pronunciation can be associated with Great Britain.
  • the rank of the candidate pronunciation can be based on one or more characteristics (e.g., geographic origin, nationality, ethnicity, etc.) of the user stored in the user’s profile on the device. For example, it can be determined from the user’s profile that the user is associated with the United States. Based on the user being associated with the United States, the candidate pronunciation (associated with the United States) can be ranked higher than the candidate pronunciation (associated with Great Britain). In some examples, one of the ranked candidate pronunciations can be selected as a predicted pronunciation (e.g., the most likely pronunciation).
  • STT processing module 730 can be used to determine the phonemes corresponding to the speech input (e.g., using an acoustic model), and then attempt to determine words that match the phonemes (e.g., using a language model). For example, if STT processing module 730 can first identify the sequence of phonemes corresponding to a portion of the speech input, it can then determine, based on vocabulary index 744, that this sequence corresponds to the word“tomato.”
  • STT processing module 730 can use approximate matching techniques to determine words in an utterance. Thus, for example, the STT processing module 730 can determine that the sequence of phonemes corresponds to the word“tomato,” even if that particular sequence of phonemes is not one of the candidate sequence of phonemes for that word.
  • Natural language processing module 732 (“natural language processor”) of the digital assistant can take the sequence of words or tokens (“token sequence”) generated by STT processing module 730, and attempt to associate the token sequence with one or more “actionable intents” recognized by the digital assistant.
  • An“actionable intent” can represent a task that can be performed by the digital assistant, and can have an associated task flow implemented in task flow models 754.
  • the associated task flow can be a series of programmed actions and steps that the digital assistant takes in order to perform the task.
  • the scope of a digital assistant’s capabilities can be dependent on the number and variety of task flows that have been implemented and stored in task flow models 754, or in other words, on the number and variety of“actionable intents” that the digital assistant recognizes.
  • the effectiveness of the digital assistant can also be dependent on the assistant’s ability to infer the correct“actionable intent(s)” from the user request expressed in natural language.
  • natural language processing module 732 can also receive contextual information associated with the user request, e.g., from I/O processing module 728.
  • the natural language processing module 732 can optionally use the contextual information to clarify, supplement, and/or further define the information contained in the token sequence received from STT processing module 730.
  • the contextual information can include, for example, user preferences, hardware, and/or software states of the user device, sensor information collected before, during, or shortly after the user request, prior interactions (e.g., dialogue) between the digital assistant and the user, and the like.
  • contextual information can be dynamic, and can change with time, location, content of the dialogue, and other factors.
  • the natural language processing can be based on, e.g., ontology 760.
  • Ontology 760 can be a hierarchical structure containing many nodes, each node representing either an“actionable intent” or a“property” relevant to one or more of the “actionable intents” or other“properties.”
  • an“actionable intent” can represent a task that the digital assistant is capable of performing, i.e., it is“actionable” or can be acted on.
  • A“property” can represent a parameter associated with an actionable intent or a sub-aspect of another property.
  • a linkage between an actionable intent node and a property node in ontology 760 can define how a parameter represented by the property node pertains to the task represented by the actionable intent node.
  • ontology 760 can be made up of actionable intent nodes and property nodes.
  • each actionable intent node can be linked to one or more property nodes either directly or through one or more intermediate property nodes.
  • each property node can be linked to one or more actionable intent nodes either directly or through one or more intermediate property nodes.
  • ontology 760 can include a“restaurant reservation” node (i.e., an actionable intent node).
  • Property nodes“restaurant,”“date/time” (for the reservation), and“party size” can each be directly linked to the actionable intent node (i.e., the“restaurant reservation” node).
  • property nodes“cuisine,”“price range,”“phone number,” and “location” can be sub-nodes of the property node“restaurant,” and can each be linked to the “restaurant reservation” node (i.e., the actionable intent node) through the intermediate property node“restaurant.”
  • ontology 760 can also include a“set reminder” node (i.e., another actionable intent node).
  • Property nodes “date/time” (for setting the reminder) and“subject” (for the reminder) can each be linked to the“set reminder” node.
  • the property“date/time” can be relevant to both the task of making a restaurant reservation and the task of setting a reminder
  • the property node “date/time” can be linked to both the“restaurant reservation” node and the“set reminder” node in ontology 760.
  • An actionable intent node along with its linked concept nodes, can be described as a“domain.”
  • each domain can be associated with a respective actionable intent, and refers to the group of nodes (and the relationships there between) associated with the particular actionable intent.
  • ontology 760 shown in FIG.7C can include an example of restaurant reservation domain 762 and an example of reminder domain 764 within ontology 760.
  • the restaurant reservation domain includes the actionable intent node“restaurant reservation,” property nodes“restaurant,”“date/time,” and“party size,” and sub-property nodes“cuisine,”“price range,”“phone number,” and“location.”
  • Reminder domain 764 can include the actionable intent node“set reminder,” and property nodes“subject” and“date/time.”
  • ontology 760 can be made up of many domains. Each domain can share one or more property nodes with one or more other domains.
  • the“date/time” property node can be associated with many different domains (e.g., a scheduling domain, a travel reservation domain, a movie ticket domain, etc.), in addition to restaurant reservation domain 762 and reminder domain 764.
  • FIG. 7C illustrates two example domains within ontology 760
  • other domains can include, for example,“find a movie,”“initiate a phone call,”“find directions,” “schedule a meeting,”“send a message,” and“provide an answer to a question,”“read a list,” “providing navigation instructions,”“provide instructions for a task” and so on.
  • A“send a message” domain can be associated with a“send a message” actionable intent node, and may further include property nodes such as“recipient(s),”“message type,” and“message body.”
  • the property node“recipient” can be further defined, for example, by the sub-property nodes such as“recipient name” and“message address.”
  • ontology 760 can include all the domains (and hence actionable intents) that the digital assistant is capable of understanding and acting upon.
  • ontology 760 can be modified, such as by adding or removing entire domains or nodes, or by modifying relationships between the nodes within the ontology 760.
  • nodes associated with multiple related actionable intents can be clustered under a“super domain” in ontology 760.
  • a“travel” super-domain can include a cluster of property nodes and actionable intent nodes related to travel.
  • the actionable intent nodes related to travel can include“airline reservation,”“hotel reservation,” “car rental,”“get directions,”“find points of interest,” and so on.
  • the actionable intent nodes under the same super domain e.g., the“travel” super domain
  • the actionable intent nodes for“airline reservation,”“hotel reservation,”“car rental,”“get directions,” and“find points of interest” can share one or more of the property nodes“start location,”“destination,”“departure date/time,”“arrival date/time,” and“party size.”
  • each node in ontology 760 can be associated with a set of words and/or phrases that are relevant to the property or actionable intent represented by the node.
  • the respective set of words and/or phrases associated with each node can be the so- called“vocabulary” associated with the node.
  • the respective set of words and/or phrases associated with each node can be stored in vocabulary index 744 in association with the property or actionable intent represented by the node. For example, returning to FIG. 7B, the vocabulary associated with the node for the property of“restaurant” can include words such as“food,”“drinks,”“cuisine,”“hungry,”“eat,”“pizza,”“fast food,”“meal,” and so on.
  • the vocabulary associated with the node for the actionable intent of“initiate a phone call” can include words and phrases such as“call,”“phone,”“dial,”“ring,”“call this number,”“make a call to,” and so on.
  • the vocabulary index 744 can optionally include words and phrases in different languages.
  • Natural language processing module 732 can receive the token sequence (e.g., a text string) from STT processing module 730, and determine what nodes are implicated by the words in the token sequence. In some examples, if a word or phrase in the token sequence is found to be associated with one or more nodes in ontology 760 (via vocabulary index 744), the word or phrase can“trigger” or“activate” those nodes. Based on the quantity and/or relative importance of the activated nodes, natural language processing module 732 can select one of the actionable intents as the task that the user intended the digital assistant to perform. In some examples, the domain that has the most“triggered” nodes can be selected.
  • the token sequence e.g., a text string
  • the domain having the highest confidence value (e.g., based on the relative importance of its various triggered nodes) can be selected. In some examples, the domain can be selected based on a combination of the number and the importance of the triggered nodes. In some examples, additional factors are considered in selecting the node as well, such as whether the digital assistant has previously correctly interpreted a similar request from a user.
  • User data 748 can include user-specific information, such as user-specific vocabulary, user preferences, user address, user’s default and secondary languages, user’s contact list, and other short-term or long-term information for each user.
  • natural language processing module 732 can use the user-specific information to supplement the information contained in the user input to further define the user intent. For example, for a user request“invite my friends to my birthday party,” natural language processing module 732 can be able to access user data 748 to determine who the“friends” are and when and where the“birthday party” would be held, rather than requiring the user to provide such information explicitly in his/her request.
  • natural language processing module 732 can generate a structured query to represent the identified actionable intent.
  • the structured query can include parameters for one or more nodes within the domain for the actionable intent, and at least some of the parameters are populated with the specific information and requirements specified in the user request.
  • a structured query for a “restaurant reservation” domain may include parameters such as ⁇ Cuisine ⁇ , ⁇ Time ⁇ , ⁇ Date ⁇ , ⁇ Party Size ⁇ , and the like.
  • natural language processing module 732 can populate some parameters of the structured query with received contextual information. For example, in some examples, if the user requested a sushi restaurant“near me,” natural language processing module 732 can populate a ⁇ location ⁇ parameter in the structured query with GPS coordinates from the user device.
  • natural language processing module 732 can pass the generated structured query (including any completed parameters) to task flow processing module 736 (“task flow processor”).
  • Task flow processing module 736 can be configured to receive the structured query from natural language processing module 732, complete the structured query, if necessary, and perform the actions required to“complete” the user’s ultimate request.
  • the various procedures necessary to complete these tasks can be provided in task flow models 754.
  • task flow models 754 can include procedures for obtaining additional information from the user and task flows for performing actions associated with the actionable intent.
  • task flow processing module 736 may need to initiate additional dialogue with the user in order to obtain additional information, and/or disambiguate potentially ambiguous utterances.
  • task flow processing module 736 can invoke dialogue flow processing module 734 to engage in a dialogue with the user.
  • dialogue flow processing module 734 can determine how (and/or when) to ask the user for the additional information and receives and processes the user responses. The questions can be provided to and answers can be received from the users through I/O processing module 728.
  • dialogue flow processing module 734 can present dialogue output to the user via audio and/or visual output, and receives input from the user via spoken or physical (e.g., clicking) responses.
  • dialogue flow processing module 734 when task flow processing module 736 invokes dialogue flow processing module 734 to determine the“party size” and “date” information for the structured query associated with the domain“restaurant reservation,” dialogue flow processing module 734 can generate questions such as“For how many people?” and“On which day?” to pass to the user. Once answers are received from the user, dialogue flow processing module 734 can then populate the structured query with the missing information, or pass the information to task flow processing module 736 to complete the missing information from the structured query.
  • task flow processing module 736 can proceed to perform the ultimate task associated with the actionable intent. Accordingly, task flow processing module 736 can execute the steps and instructions in the task flow model according to the specific parameters contained in the structured query.
  • the task flow model for the actionable intent of“restaurant reservation” can include steps and instructions for contacting a restaurant and actually requesting a reservation for a particular party size at a particular time.
  • task flow processing module 736 can perform the steps of: (1) logging onto a server of the ABC Café or a restaurant reservation system such as OPENTABLE®, (2) entering the date, time, and party size information in a form on the website, (3) submitting the form, and (4) making a calendar entry for the reservation in the user’s calendar.
  • task flow processing module 736 can perform the steps of: (1) logging onto a server of the ABC Café or a restaurant reservation system such as OPENTABLE®, (2) entering the date, time, and party size information in a form on the website, (3) submitting the form, and (4) making a calendar entry for the reservation in the user’s calendar.
  • task flow processing module 736 can employ the assistance of service processing module 738 (“service processing module”) to complete a task requested in the user input or to provide an informational answer requested in the user input.
  • service processing module 738 can act on behalf of task flow processing module 736 to make a phone call, set a calendar entry, invoke a map search, invoke or interact with other user applications installed on the user device, and invoke or interact with third-party services (e.g., a restaurant reservation portal, a social networking website, a banking portal, etc.).
  • the protocols and application programming interfaces (API) required by each service can be specified by a respective service model among service models 756.
  • Service processing module 738 can access the appropriate service model for a service and generate requests for the service in accordance with the protocols and APIs required by the service according to the service model.
  • a restaurant can submit a service model specifying the necessary parameters for making a reservation and the APIs for communicating the values of the necessary parameter to the online reservation service.
  • service processing module 738 can establish a network connection with the online reservation service using the web address stored in the service model, and send the necessary parameters of the reservation (e.g., time, date, party size) to the online reservation interface in a format according to the API of the online reservation service.
  • natural language processing module 732, dialogue flow processing module 734, and task flow processing module 736 can be used collectively and iteratively to infer and define the user’s intent, obtain information to further clarify and refine the user intent, and finally generate a response (i.e., an output to the user, or the completion of a task) to fulfill the user’s intent.
  • the generated response can be a dialogue response to the speech input that at least partially fulfills the user’s intent. Further, in some examples, the generated response can be output as a speech output.
  • the generated response can be sent to speech synthesis module 740 (e.g., speech synthesizer) where it can be processed to synthesize the dialogue response in speech form.
  • the generated response can be data content relevant to satisfying a user request in the speech input.
  • Speech synthesis module 740 can be configured to synthesize speech outputs for presentation to the user. Speech synthesis module 740 synthesizes speech outputs based on text provided by the digital assistant. For example, the generated dialogue response can be in the form of a text string. Speech synthesis module 740 can convert the text string to an audible speech output. Speech synthesis module 740 can use any appropriate speech synthesis technique in order to generate speech outputs from text, including, but not limited, to concatenative synthesis, unit selection synthesis, diphone synthesis, domain-specific synthesis, formant synthesis, articulatory synthesis, hidden Markov model (HMM) based synthesis, and sinewave synthesis.
  • HMM hidden Markov model
  • speech synthesis module 740 can be configured to synthesize individual words based on phonemic strings corresponding to the words. For example, a phonemic string can be associated with a word in the generated dialogue response. The phonemic string can be stored in metadata associated with the word. Speech synthesis model 740 can be configured to directly process the phonemic string in the metadata to synthesize the word in speech form.
  • speech synthesis can be performed on a remote device (e.g., the server system 108), and the synthesized speech can be sent to the user device for output to the user. For example, this can occur in some implementations where outputs for a digital assistant are generated at a server system. And because server systems generally have more processing power or resources than a user device, it can be possible to obtain higher quality speech outputs than would be practical with client-side synthesis.
  • FIGS. 8A-E illustrate exemplary techniques including exemplary user interfaces (“UI”) for intelligent task discovery in accordance with some embodiments. These figures are also used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 10A-C and 11.
  • UI user interfaces
  • FIG.8A shows electronic device 800.
  • Electronic device 800 may be any of devices 104, 122, 200, 400, 600, 1200, and 1300 (FIGS.1, 2A, 3, 4, 5A, 6A-6B, 12, and 13) in some embodiments.
  • electronic device 800 is a mobile phone. While the illustrated example is described herein with reference to electronic device 800, it will be appreciated that a variety of electronic devices, such as laptops, desktops, tablets, wearable devices, and home electronics including televisions and speakers, can be used in other implementations.
  • Electronic device 800 provides a user interface for a user to interact with an intelligent automated assistant. The user interface can be graphical and/or auditory.
  • electronic device 800 displays a graphical user interface on a display screen, such as touch-sensitive display screen 802.
  • electronic device 800 samples audio user inputs via a microphone of the electronic device.
  • electronic device 800 receives a user input“READ MY MESSAGES”.
  • the user input may be a spoken utterance, a physical touch, an active gesture, or a combination thereof.
  • electronic device 800 displays a textual transcription 804 of the user input“READ MY MESSAGES” on display screen 802.
  • electronic device 800 derives a user intent (e.g., read one or more text messages most recently received and not yet read at the electronic device) and accordingly obtains an unread text message received at the electronic device.
  • Electronic device 800 converts the text message into speech and provides (e.g., via a speaker) an audio output that includes an audio representation of the text message.
  • the audio output also includes relevant information associated with the text message (e.g., sender name, time stamp, etc.) and a prompt for additional input.
  • electronic device 800 provides an audio output 812:“TONY SAID, FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO, GIVE PEPPER A CALL 123-456-7890. WOULD YOU LIKE TO REPLY?”
  • the electronic device 800 Based on the received text message, the electronic device 800 identifies one or more tasks. In some examples, electronic device 800 determines whether any portion of the text message (e.g. a portion of the text string) is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types.
  • the plurality of data types include, but are not limited to: address(es) (e.g.,“1 Infinite Loop Cupertino”), phone number(s) (e.g.,“123-456-7890”), Uniform Resource Locators (“URLs”) (e.g.“http://www.apple.com/”), date(s) (e.g.,“tomorrow”,“6/1/2000”), person(s) of interest (“Tony Stark”), place(s) of interest, package tracking number(s), flight number(s), and so forth.
  • address(es) e.g.,“1 Infinite Loop Cupertino”
  • phone number(s) e.g.,“123-456-7890”
  • URLs Uniform Resource Locators
  • date(s) e.g.“tomorrow”,“6/1/2000”
  • Person(s) of interest e.g.,“tomorrow”,“6/1/2000”
  • one or more detectors are implemented to analyze content (e.g., text message, emails, etc.) to detect one or more predefined data types, respectively, at electronic device 800.
  • a detector includes one or more software programs that are capable of recognizing data of predefined data type(s) in the content.
  • a detector is programmed to identify text (e.g., letters), numbers (e.g., integers), text and/or numbers arranged in a certain format (e.g., xx/xx/xxxx, (xxx)xxx-xxxx), predetermined keywords (“http://”,“Apt.”), information of interest (e.g., names in the user’s address book), or a combination thereof.
  • a detector is implemented to detect a single data type.
  • a phone number detector can be implemented to detect phone numbers
  • a URL detector can be implemented to detect URLs
  • an address detector can be implemented to detect addresses, and so forth.
  • each of the detectors on electronic device 800 is executed to analyze content to detect the presence of data of the respective data type.
  • Electronic device 800 associates each data type with at least one task which, in some instances, has one or more parameters.
  • the“address” data type is associated with a task of navigation having a parameter of an address, or may be associated with a task of updating a contact entry, or both.
  • the“URL” data type is associated with a first task of opening in a browser having parameter of a website link, a second task of creating a book mark of the linked address, and a third task of adding to reading list with a parameter of a website link.
  • the“flight number” data type is associated with a task of setting a reminder with parameters of dates and time.
  • electronic devices of different types associate the same data type with different sets of tasks.
  • the“URL” data type is associated with two tasks: the task of opening the URL in a browser and the task of adding the URL to a reading list.
  • the“URL” data type is associated with only the task of adding the URL to a reading list.
  • the task of opening a URL in a browser may, for instance, be undesirable in use cases of the navigation device (e.g., driving).
  • electronic device 800 associates a data type with one or more tasks based on context information. For example, based on the speed of movement of the electronic device (e.g., as measured by the GPS coordinates of the device over time), or that the electronic device is paired to a vehicle, the electronic device can determine whether the electronic device is in a moving vehicle. If the electronic device determines that the electronic device is in a moving vehicle, the“URL” data type is not associated with the task of opening in a browser but is associated with only the task of adding the URL to a reading list, for example.
  • electronic device 800 displays (e.g., on a display screen) one or more of the tasks associated with the data type along with the corresponding parameters.
  • a number of detectors are executed to analyze the text string of the above-described text message.
  • a phone detector detects a phone number“123-456-7890”
  • an address detector detects an address“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”.
  • electronic device 800 identifies a first task associated with the“phone number” data type (i.e., calling a number) and a second task associated with the“address” data type (i.e., navigating to an address). Accordingly, electronic device 800 displays selectable affordance 808 representing the first task (GET DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO) and selectable affordance 810 representing the second task (CALL 123-456-7890) on the display screen.
  • electronic device 800 prioritizes the display of some tasks over the display of other tasks, for instance, based on the type of the electronic device. For example, on a navigation device, the display of a task of navigation is prioritized over the display of a task of making a phone call.
  • the prioritization of display can be implemented in a number of ways. For example, an affordance representing the first task is displayed more prominently (e.g., different fonts, different colors, different positions) than an affordance representing the second task.
  • the affordance representing the first task is displayed before (e.g., temporally) the affordance representing the second task is displayed.
  • the affordance representing the second task is not displayed at all.
  • the second task although not displayed, can still be initiated by a speech input, as discussed in more details below with respect to FIG.8C.
  • the display of tasks on electronic device 800 can vary based on other factors, such as the amount of display area available and context information.
  • the size and number of displayed affordances e.g., buttons
  • the amount of display area available can vary based on the type of electronic device (e.g., phone, tablet, television) and/or the operating system of the electronic device.
  • visual enhancement(s) can be provided based on the amount of display area available. For example, on an electronic device with relatively large display capabilities (e.g. television), the electronic device can display the address (e.g., for the task of navigation) as a pin on a map as part of the intelligent automated assistant GUI.
  • the electronic device can obtain additional information related to the contact (via a look-up in the user’s contact list) and provide (e.g., display) the information for the task of calling as part of the intelligent automated assistant GUI.
  • electronic device 800 receives a user input initiating the task of navigation and causes the task to be performed. As illustrated, electronic device 800 displays a text string“GETTING DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP,
  • electronic device 800 invokes one or more software service providers (e.g., application(s), API(s), and/or function(s) for navigation) to perform the selected task.
  • electronic device 800 causes the task to be performed on a second electronic device different from electronic device 800. For example, upon receiving the user input, electronic device 800 causes a navigation device to initiate navigation, for example, by transmitting the address to the navigation device.
  • the user input initiating the task of navigation is a physical touch on selectable affordance 808 (“GET DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP
  • electronic device 800 allows the user to initiate the one or more tasks associated with the detected data types via speech inputs, such as an utterance“drive me there”. In response to receiving the speech input, electronic device 800 determines whether the speech input is indicative of one or more tasks associated with the detected data type. If the speech input is indicative of a task associated with the detected data type, the electronic device causes the task to be performed, as discussed in more details below.
  • electronic device 800 identifies task(s) and parameter(s) from the speech input based on context information.
  • the context information can include what is being currently displayed at the electronic device. For example, if affordance 808 in FIG. 8B (“GET DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”) is displayed when the user utters“drive me there”, the electronic device derives user intent to navigate to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” at least partially based on what is currently displayed.
  • the context information can include data types that have been detected by the electronic device (e.g., address, phone number) and the corresponding data (e.g.,“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”,“123-456-7890”). For example, if the user provides an audio input“drive me there” when affordance 808 is not displayed, the electronic device can still derive user intent to drive to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” based on the context information.
  • data types e.g., address, phone number
  • the corresponding data e.g.,“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”,“123-456-7890”.
  • electronic device 800 upon receiving a speech input initiating a task to perform (e.g., “drive me there”), sends data corresponding to the speech input, as well as selective portions of context information, to one or more servers for processing.
  • the one or more servers convert the data into a textual representation (e.g., a text string), derive at least part of a user intent based on the textual representation and the received context information, and/or operationalize the derived user intent into the task.
  • personal data of the user is not transmitted to the one or more servers.
  • context information such as text messages and emails, as well as information (e.g.
  • the context information including personal data of the user is used locally by the electronic device to assist the processing of the speech input and the identification of task(s) and parameter(s). For example, while the detected phone number“123-456-7890” and the detected address“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” are not transmitted to the server, the phone number and the address are still used locally to derive parameters for the task of calling and the task of navigation at the electronic device, respectively.
  • the identification of task(s) and parameter(s) based on a speech input is performed locally on the electronic device.
  • Data of particular data types detected by electronic device 800 can be any data types detected by electronic device 800.
  • electronic device After processing the text message described above, electronic device stores the detected address“1 INFINITE LOOP
  • CUPERTINO and the detected phone number“123-456-7890”, along with the respective data types (i.e., address and phone number), at electronic device 800.
  • metadata associated with the text message is stored.
  • the sender of the text message (“TONY STARK”) and the time stamp of the text message are stored in association with the data and the data types.
  • the stored data, data types, and metadata are part of a short-term memory that persists for only a limited period of time (e.g. for the current user session of the intelligent automated assistant, for a few minutes, until the device enters an inactive state).
  • the stored data, data types, and metadata are part of a long-term memory that is associated with the user.
  • the stored context information is used to interpret user inputs.
  • the user provides (e.g., utters) an input“DRIVE ME TO THE LAST ADDRESS TONY SENT ME”, which is transcribed and displayed as a text string 818 on display screen 802.
  • electronic device 800 refers to the stored context information, which associates“TONY” and “address” with“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”. Accordingly, electronic device 800 is able to derive a parameter“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” for a task of navigation.
  • the electronic device launches a service provider (e.g., a navigation application, function, and/or API) to perform the task of navigation with the parameter“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”.
  • a service provider e.g., a navigation application, function, and/or API
  • the stored context information can be used to process user inputs directed to any software application on electronic device 800.
  • a software application e.g., a navigation application
  • the software application is able to refer to the stored context information to derive“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”.
  • the stored context information can be used for purposes other than interpreting user inputs by the electronic device. For example, if the user invokes a navigation application, the navigation application can provide (e.g., displays) relevant portions of the context information such as the address“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” as a suggested destination, without a user request.
  • an electronic device can present (e.g., display) the discovered tasks to the user at multiple points during operation. Exemplary entry points for the discovered tasks are discussed with respect to FIGS. 9A-C.
  • FIG.9A shows electronic device 900.
  • Electronic device 900 may be any of devices 104, 122, 200, 400, 600, 1200, and 1300 (FIGS. 1, 2A, 3, 4, 5A, 6A-6B, 12, and 13) in some embodiments.
  • electronic device 900 is an electronic device with navigation capabilities.
  • electronic device 900 While the illustrated example is described herein with reference to electronic device 900, it will be appreciated that a variety of electronic devices, such as laptops, desktops, tablets, wearable devices (e.g., watch, headphones), and home electronics including televisions and speakers, can be used in other implementations.
  • electronic devices such as laptops, desktops, tablets, wearable devices (e.g., watch, headphones), and home electronics including televisions and speakers, can be used in other implementations.
  • electronic device 900 provides an entry point to some of the tasks discovered in certain content (e.g., text messages, emails, documents) after presenting the content to the user and/or while presenting the content to the user.
  • electronic device 900 provides an audio output 918 corresponding to text message received at electronic device 900:“TONY SAID, FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO, GIVE PEPPER A CALL 123-456-7890. WANT TO REPLY?”
  • Electronic device 900 also displays, on a display screen, affordance 910 (“DIRECTIONS”), affordance 912 (“READING...”), affordance 914 (“DON’T REPLY”), and affordance 916 (“REPLY”).
  • affordance 910 (“DIRECTION”) represents a task of navigation, which is discovered based on the text message referred to in audio input 918.
  • affordance 910 is displayed while electronic device 900 provides the audio output 918 and/or after electronic device 900 finishes providing the audio output 918. If affordance 910 is selected by the user (e.g., via a physical touch input, via a speech input“directions”), the task of navigation to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” is initiated (not depicted).
  • electronic device 900 receives an input“Yes, Hello” from the user. As illustrated in FIG.9B, electronic device 900 provides an audio output 926 (“YOUR REPLY TO TONY SAYS, HELLO. READY TO SEND IT?”) Electronic device 900 also displays affordance 920 (“READING...”), affordance 922 (“CHANGE”), affordance 924 (“SEND”) while providing the audio output 926. If the user selects affordance 924 (“SEND”), electronic device 900 transmits the user’s reply, in some instances, using a service such as a text message application.
  • a service such as a text message application.
  • the electronic device allows the user to make changes after composing a reply message, for example, by specifying a different service provider (e.g., from a different domain). For example, upon receiving the user input“YES, HELLO” (responsive to the prompt“WANT TO REPLY?”), electronic device 800 can identify a default service provider for transmitting the reply. In some examples, the service provider is identified based on the original content (e.g., the original text message). That is, if the reply is responsive to a text message, the electronic device identifies the text message application as the default service provider.
  • a different service provider e.g., from a different domain.
  • the service provider is identified based on the original content (e.g., the original text message). That is, if the reply is responsive to a text message, the electronic device identifies the text message application as the default service provider.
  • the electronic device can identify a second service provider based on the user input and provide the composed message (e.g.,“HELLO”), as well as relevant context information (“TONY STARK”), to the second service provider (e.g., an email application or a reminder API).
  • a second service provider based on the user input and provide the composed message (e.g.,“HELLO”), as well as relevant context information (“TONY STARK”), to the second service provider (e.g., an email application or a reminder API).
  • electronic device 900 provides additional entry points to some of the discovered tasks throughout a user session with the intelligent automated assistant. As illustrated in FIG.9C, electronic device 900 provides an audio output 930 (“I’LL SEND IT”) and transmits a text message, in some instances, in response to a user input (not depicted). Electronic device 900 also displays affordance 928 (“DIRECTIONS”), which represents the task of navigation and is functionally identical to previously displayed affordance 910 (FIG. 9A). If affordance 928 is selected by the user (e.g., via a physical touch input, via a speech input“directions”), the task of navigation to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” is initiated (not depicted). In some examples, when no affordance representing the discovered task of navigation is displayed, the user can initiate the task via speech input, as described above.
  • I audio output 930
  • Electronic device 900 also displays affordance 928 (“DIRECTIONS”), which represents the task of navigation and is functionally identical to previously displayed affordance 910 (FIG. 9
  • each of electronic device 800 (FIGS.8A-E) and electronic device 900 (FIGS. 9A-C) receive a text message including a same text string (“FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO, GIVE PEPPER A CALL 123-456-7890”) each of the devices 800, 900 provides different visual outputs corresponding to the discovered tasks (e.g., affordances 808 and 810 in FIG.8B as compared to affordance 910 in FIG.9A).
  • the two electronic devices 800, 900 identify different numbers and types of tasks as a result of their differing device types (e.g., mobile phone v. navigation device) and context information (e.g., whether the device is in a moving vehicle), as described above.
  • the two electronic devices display different numbers and types of tasks as a result of differing amounts of display area available, as described above.
  • FIGS.8A-E and 9A-C are described herein with reference to text messages, it will be appreciated that a variety of content, such as emails, audio messages, videos, images, and the like, can be analyzed to detect particular data types (and the associated tasks).
  • the detection of data types and the identification of associated tasks can be triggered with or without a user request.
  • electronic device 800 upon receiving a text message, can initiate intelligent task discovery without a user request (e.g.,“READ MY MESSAGES”). If electronic device 800 detects one or more particular data types, the electronic device can automatically output (e.g., display or provide a spoken output) some of the tasks associated with the detected data types. The display and selection of the identified tasks can be implemented in a manner similar to what is described above.
  • FIGS. 10A-C illustrate process 1000 for operating a digital assistant according to various examples.
  • Process 1000 is performed, for example, using one or more electronic devices (e.g., devices 104, 106, 200, 400, 600, 1200, or 1300) implementing a digital assistant.
  • the process is performed at a client-server system (e.g., system 100) implementing a digital assistant.
  • the blocks of the process can be divided up in any manner between the server (e.g., DA server 106) and the client (e.g., user device 104).
  • some blocks are, optionally, combined, the order of some blocks is, optionally, changed, and some blocks are, optionally, omitted.
  • only a subset of the features or blocks described below with reference to FIGS.10A-C is performed.
  • method 1000 provides an efficient way for task discovery in content such as text messages and emails on an electronic device.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for manually specifying task or service(s) to invoke and manually reproducing portions of the content to perform the task(s), thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • enabling a user to reach the completion of tasks more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • an electronic device receives a communication.
  • the communication can be any content, including but not limited to, a text message, an email, a document, an audio clip, an image, or a combination thereof.
  • the communication comprises a text string (e.g., derived using text recognition technologies or speech-to-text technologies).
  • the electronic device provides, with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication (e.g.,“FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”).
  • the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request (e.g.,“READ MY MESSAGES”).
  • providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech at block 1050.
  • the electronic device determines whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types.
  • the data type has at least one task associated therewith.
  • the electronic device detects in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type.
  • the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types.
  • the electronic device identifies the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device.
  • the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
  • URL Uniform Resource Locator
  • the electronic device displays, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task.
  • the electronic device prioritizes a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device.
  • the electronic device prioritizes the display of the affordance of the first task by foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task. In some examples where the affordance of the second task is not displayed, if the electronic device receives a user input (e.g., speech) indicative of the second task, the electronic device causes the second task to be performed.
  • a user input e.g., speech
  • the electronic device in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoes causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • the electronic device in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receives a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type.
  • the user input comprises a selection of the displayed affordance.
  • the user input indicative of the task is a speech input.
  • the speech input does not include the portion of the text.
  • a user intent is derived from the speech input based on context information.
  • the context information comprises the portion of the text.
  • the electronic device sends data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the electronic device.
  • the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication.
  • the electronic device receives, from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task.
  • the electronic device In response to the user input indicative of the task at block 1018, the electronic device causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. In some examples, the task is performed at a second electronic device different from the electronic device.
  • the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input.
  • the electronic device after providing the first speech output at block 1003, provides a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication (e.g.,“WANT TO REPLY?”).
  • the electronic device after providing the second speech output at block 1004, receives a second speech input (e.g., “YES, HELLO”) from the user.
  • the second speech input is received before the first speech input (e.g.,“DRIVE ME THERE”) is received.
  • the electronic device identifies a first service provider (e.g., a text message software application) based on the communication.
  • the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains.
  • the electronic device receives a third speech input (e.g.,“SEND AS AN EMAIL”) indicative of a second domain of the plurality of domains.
  • the second domain is different from the first domain.
  • the electronic device identifies a second service provider (e.g., an email software application) based on the third speech input and, at block 1060, provides data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider.
  • the electronic device determines whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types.
  • the electronic device identifies a second task based on the second data type.
  • the electronic device foregoes identifying the second task based on the second data type.
  • the electronic device stores information associated with the communication on the electronic device.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication.
  • the electronic device receives an input.
  • the electronic device identifies a task based on the input.
  • the electronic device performs the task based on at least part of the stored information.
  • the electronic device stores information associated with the communication on the electronic device.
  • block 1040 is functionally similar and/or identical to block 1030.
  • the electronic device invokes a software application, and at block 1044, performs the task based on at least part of the stored information.
  • FIG.11 illustrates process 1100 for operating a digital assistant according to various examples.
  • Process 1100 is performed, for example, using one or more electronic devices (e.g., devices 104, 106, 200, 400, 600, 1200, or 1300) implementing a digital assistant.
  • the processes is performed at a client-server system (e.g., system 100) implementing a digital assistant.
  • the blocks of the processes can be divided up in any manner between the server (e.g., DA server 106) and the client (e.g., user device 104).
  • some blocks are, optionally, combined, the order of some blocks is, optionally, changed, and some blocks are, optionally, omitted. In some examples, only a subset of the features or blocks described below with reference to FIG.11 is performed.
  • method 1100 provides an efficient way for task discovery content such as text messages and emails on an electronic device.
  • the method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for manually specifying task or service(s) to invoke and manually reproducing portions of the content to perform the task(s), thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface.
  • enabling a user to reach the completion of tasks more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
  • the electronic device receives a communication comprising a text string.
  • the electronic device determines whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types.
  • the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
  • URL Uniform Resource Locator
  • the electronic device derives a task having one or more parameters based on the data type at 1108 and outputs the derived tasks at 1110.
  • a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string.
  • the electronic device displays, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance.
  • the electronic device outputs an audio output.
  • the electronic device receives a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task.
  • the electronic device in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
  • the electronic device foregoes deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
  • FIG.12 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments, including those described with reference to FIGS. 8A-E, 9A-C, and 10A-C.
  • the functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG.12 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1200 includes a processing unit 1208, and optionally, a display unit 1202 and an output unit 1204.
  • the processing unit 1208 is coupled to the display unit 1202 and the output unit 1204.
  • the processing unit 1208 includes a receiving unit 1210, a determining 1212, a causing unit 1214, and optionally, a converting unit 1216, an identifying unit 1218, a providing unit 1220, a detecting unit 1222, a deriving unit 1224, a sending unit 1226, a storing unit 1228, a performing unit 1230, and invoking unit 1232.
  • the processing unit 1208 configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a communication comprising a text string (e.g., block 1002 of FIG. 10A); determine (e.g., with the determining unit 1212) whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith (e.g., block 1006 of FIG.10B); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type (e.g., block 1018 of FIG.10B); in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause (e.g., with the causing unit 1214) the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string (e.g., block 1026 of FIG.
  • receive e.g., with the receiving unit 12
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: provide (e.g., with the outputting unit 1204), with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication (e.g., block 1003 of FIG.10A).
  • the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request.
  • providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting (e.g., with the converting unit 1216) the text string of the communication into speech (e.g., block 1050 of FIG. 10A).
  • the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: after providing the first speech output, provide (e.g., with the output unit 1204) a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication (e.g., block 1004 of FIG. 10A); after providing the second speech output, receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a second speech input from the user, wherein the second speech input is received before the first speech input is received (e.g., block 1005 of FIG.10A).
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a first service provider based on the communication, wherein the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains (e.g., block 1054 of FIG.10A); after receiving the second speech input, receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a third speech input indicative of the a second domain of the plurality of domains, wherein the second domain is different from the first domain (e.g., block 1056 of FIG.
  • the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
  • URL Uniform Resource Locator
  • determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises: detecting (e.g., with the detecting unit 1222) in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type, wherein the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types (e.g., block 1008 of FIG.10B).
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device 1200 (e.g., block 1010 of FIG. 10B).
  • the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string
  • the data type is a first data type
  • the task is a first task
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: determine (e.g., with the determining unit 1212) whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types (e.g., block 1070 of FIG.10C); in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a second task based on the second data type (e.g., block 1072 of FIG.10C), and in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, forego identifying (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) the second task based on the second data type (e.g., block 1074 of FIG.10C
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: display (e.g., with the display unit 1202) an affordance corresponding to the task (e.g., block 1012 of FIG. 10B), wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance (e.g., block 1020 of FIG. 10B).
  • the task is a first task
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: prioritize a display (e.g., with the display unit 1202) of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device 1200 (e.g., block 1016 of FIG. 10B).
  • prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises: foregoing the display (e.g., with the display unit 1202) of the affordance of the second task (e.g., block 1017 of FIG.10B).
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a user input indicative of the second task; cause (e.g., with the causing unit 1214) the second task to be performed.
  • the user input indicative of the task is a speech input (e.g., block 1022 of FIG.10B).
  • the speech input does not include the portion of the text.
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to derive (e.g., with the deriving unit 1224) a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text (e.g., block 1025 of FIG. 10B).
  • the electronic device 1200 is a first electronic device
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: with the first electronic device: send (e.g., with the sending unit 1226) data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, wherein the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication (e.g., block 1023 of FIG. 10B); receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210), from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task (e.g., block 1024 of FIG.10B).
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: store (e.g., with the storing unit 1228), on the electronic device 1200, information associated with the communication (e.g., block 1030 of FIG.10C).
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication.
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) an input (e.g., block 1032 of FIG.10C); identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a task based on the input (e.g., block 1034 of FIG. 10C); and perform (e.g., with the performing unit 1230) the task based on at least part of the stored information (e.g., block 1036 of FIG.10C).
  • an input e.g., block 1032 of FIG.10C
  • identify e.g., with the identifying unit 1218
  • a task based on the input e.g., block 1034 of FIG. 10C
  • perform e.g., with the performing unit 1230
  • the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: invoke (e.g., with the invoking unit 1230) a software application (e.g., block 1042 of FIG.10C); perform (e.g., with the performing unit 1230) the task based on at least part of the stored information (e.g., block 1044 of FIG.10C).
  • a software application e.g., block 1042 of FIG.10C
  • perform e.g., with the performing unit 1230
  • the task based on at least part of the stored information (e.g., block 1044 of FIG.10C).
  • the electronic device 1200 is a first electronic device, and wherein the task is performed on a second electronic device.
  • FIG.10A-C The operations described above with respect to FIG.10A-C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 12. For example, receiving operation 1002, determining operation 1006, and causing operation 1026 are optionally implemented by processor(s) 120. It would be clear to a person of ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 12.
  • FIG.13 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments, including those described with reference to FIGS. 8A-D, 9A-C and 11.
  • the functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 13 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • an electronic device 1300 includes an output unit 1304, a processing unit 1308, and optionally, a display unit 1302.
  • the processing unit 1308 is coupled to the output unit 1304 and optionally, the display unit 1302.
  • the processing unit 1308 includes a receiving unit 1310, a determining unit 1312, a deriving unit 1314, and optionally, a causing unit 1316.
  • the processing unit 1308 configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1310) a communication comprising a text string(e.g., block 1102 of FIG. 11); determine (e.g., with the determining unit 1312) whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types (e.g., block 1104 of FIG.11); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types: derive (e.g., with the deriving unit 1314) a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and output (e.g., with the output unit 1304) the derived task (e.g., block 1108 of FIG.11); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving (e.g.,
  • the processing unit 1300 is further configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1310) a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task (e.g., block 1116 of FIG.11); in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, cause (e.g., with the causing unit 1316) the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string (e.g., block 1118 of FIG. 11).
  • outputting the derived task comprises displaying (e.g., with the display unit 1302) an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance (e.g., block 1112 of FIG.11).
  • outputting the derived task comprises outputting (e.g., with output unit 1304) an audio output (e.g., block 1114 of FIG.11).
  • the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
  • URL Uniform Resource Locator
  • the operations described above with respect to FIG.11 are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 13.
  • receiving operation 1102, determining operation 1104, and deriving operation 1108 are optionally implemented by processor(s) 120. It would be clear to a person of ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 13.
  • a method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device comprising:
  • the method of item 1 further comprising: providing, with the automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication. 3. The method of item 2, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request. 4. The method of item 2, wherein providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech. 5. The method of item 2, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the
  • the method further comprising:
  • determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises:
  • the method of item 15 wherein the speech input does not include the portion of the text. 17. The method of item 15, further comprising deriving a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text. 18. The method of item 15, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, the method further comprising:
  • the method of item 19 storing, on the electronic device, information associated with the communication.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type.
  • the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication.
  • a method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device comprising:
  • a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • processors one or more processors
  • one or more programs wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • processors one or more processors
  • one or more programs wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
  • a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string
  • An non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to:
  • An non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to:
  • a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • processors one or more processors
  • a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 1-25.
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • processors one or more processors
  • a non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 26-30.
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • An electronic device comprising:
  • a processing unit configured to:
  • the processing unit is further configured to: provide, with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication.
  • the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request.
  • providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises:
  • the processing unit is further configured to identify the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • the processing unit is further configured to: display, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: prioritize a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device.
  • prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises: foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task.
  • the processing unit is further configured to:
  • the speech input does not include the portion of the text.
  • the processing unit is further configured to derive a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text.
  • the electronic device is a first electronic device, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
  • processing unit is further configured to:
  • a processing unit configured to:
  • a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
  • a computer-readable storage medium e.g., a non-transitory computer readable storage medium
  • the computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs for execution by one or more processors of an electronic device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods or processes described herein.
  • an electronic device e.g., a portable electronic device
  • means for performing any of the methods or processes described herein e.g., a portable electronic device
  • an electronic device e.g., a portable electronic device
  • comprises a processing unit configured to perform any of the methods or processes described herein.
  • an electronic device e.g., a portable electronic device
  • this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person.
  • personal information data can include demographic data, location- based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, home addresses, or any other identifying information.
  • the present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users.
  • the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure.
  • the present disclosure further contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices.
  • such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure.
  • personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection should occur only after receiving the informed consent of the users.
  • such entities would take any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices.
  • the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data.
  • the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to“opt in” or“opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services.
  • users can select not to provide location information for targeted content delivery services.
  • users can select to not provide precise location information, but permit the transfer of location zone information.
  • the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data.
  • content can be selected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the content delivery services, or publically available information.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Audiology, Speech & Language Pathology (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Acoustics & Sound (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)

Abstract

This relates to systems and processes for operating an automated assistant to process messages. In one example process, an electronic device receives a communication including a text string and determines whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. The data type is associated with at least one task. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type, the electronic device receives a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task, and in response, causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type, the electronic device foregoes causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.

Description

INTELLIGENT TASK DISCOVERY
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 62/348,888,“INTELLIGENT TASK DISCOVERY,” filed on June 11, 2016. The content of this application is hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes. FIELD
[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to intelligent automated assistants, and more specifically, to intelligent automated assistants for intelligent task discovery. BACKGROUND [0003] An intelligent automated assistant can help a user consume content on an electronic device. For example, the user can ask the intelligent automated assistant to read a text message received at the electronic device, such that the user can consume the text message while engaging in other activities (e.g., driving). However, to perform a follow-up task using particular portion(s) of the content (e.g., address, phone numbers, and URLs mentioned in the text message), the user has to provide the necessary inputs to, for example, manually launch a service and manually reproduce relevant portions of content in the service. [0004] For example, if the user receives a text message containing a physical address and wants to navigate to the physical address, the user has to manually launch a navigation application and provide (e.g., type) the address in the navigation application. This experience is not only cumbersome, but also potentially dangerous, as it distracts the user from other ongoing activities (e.g., driving). In other words, the inability to conveniently initiate and/or perform desired tasks using relevant portions of content at an electronic device causes user frustration and negatively impacts user experience. BRIEF SUMMARY
[0005] Example methods are disclosed herein. An example method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device includes, at the electronic device, receiving a communication comprising a text string and determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device receives a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type and, in response to the user input indicative of the task, causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device foregoes causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. [0006] An example method includes, at the electronic device, receiving a communication comprising a text string and determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device derives a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and outputs the derived task. In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device foregoes deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. [0007] Example non-transitory computer readable storage media are disclosed herein. An example non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to receive a communication comprising a text string; determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith. The instructions further cause the electronic device to, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receive a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; and, in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. The instructions further cause the electronic device to, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. [0008] An example non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to receive a communication comprising a text string; determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. The instructions further cause the electronic device, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, derive a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and output the derived task. The instructions further cause the electronic device to, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. [0009] Example devices are disclosed herein. An example electronic device comprises one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, where the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for receiving a communication comprising a text string; determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith. The one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; and in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. The one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. [0010] An example electronic device comprises one or more processors; a memory; and one or more programs, where the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors. The one or more programs including instructions for receiving a communication comprising a text string; determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. The one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and outputting the derived task. The one or more programs further include instructions for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. [0011] An example electronic device comprises means for receiving a communication comprising a text string; means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, where the data type has at least one task associated therewith; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. [0012] An example electronic device comprises means for receiving a communication comprising a text string; means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, where a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and outputting the derived task; means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0013] For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Detailed Description below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. [0014] FIG.1 is a block diagram illustrating a system and environment for implementing a digital assistant according to various examples. [0015] FIG.2A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device implementing the client-side portion of a digital assistant in accordance with some embodiments. [0016] FIG.2B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling according to various examples. [0017] FIG.3 illustrates a portable multifunction device implementing the client-side portion of a digital assistant according to various examples. [0018] FIG.4 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface according to various examples. [0019] FIG.5A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device according to various examples. [0020] FIG.5B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display according to various examples. [0021] FIG.6A illustrates a personal electronic device according to various examples. [0022] FIG.6B is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device according to various examples. [0023] FIG.7A is a block diagram illustrating a digital assistant system or a server portion thereof according to various examples. [0024] FIG.7B illustrates the functions of the digital assistant shown in FIG.7A according to various examples. [0025] FIG.7C illustrates a portion of an ontology according to various examples. [0026] FIGS. 8A-E illustrate exemplary user interfaces of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. [0027] FIGS. 9A-C illustrate exemplary user interfaces of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. [0028] FIGS. 10A-C illustrate an exemplary process for intelligent task discovery according to various examples. [0029] FIG.11 illustrates an exemplary process for intelligent task discovery according to various examples. [0030] FIG.12 illustrates a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to various examples. [0031] FIG.13 illustrates a functional block diagram of an electronic device according to various examples. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0032] In the following description of the disclosure and embodiments, reference is made to the accompanying drawings in which it is shown by way of illustration of specific embodiments that can be practiced. It is to be understood that other embodiments and examples can be practiced and changes can be made without departing from the scope of the disclosure. [0033] Techniques for intelligent task discovery are desirable. As described herein, described techniques improve the user’s ability to interact with electronic devices, thereby enhancing productivity. Further, such techniques can reduce computational demand and battery power otherwise consumed as a result of redundant responses by electronic devices to user inputs. [0034] Although the following description uses terms“first,”“second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first input could be termed a second input, and, similarly, a second input could be termed a first input, without departing from the scope of the various described examples. The first input and the second input can both be outputs and, in some cases, can be separate and different inputs. [0035] The terminology used in the description of the various described examples herein is for the purpose of describing particular examples only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described examples and the appended claims, the singular forms“a,”“an,” and“the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term“and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms“includes,”“including,” “comprises,” and/or“comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. [0036] The term“if” may be construed to mean“when” or“upon” or“in response to determining” or“in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or“if [a stated condition or event] is detected” may be construed to mean “upon determining” or“in response to determining” or“upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or“in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 1. System and Environment [0037] FIG.1 illustrates a block diagram of system 100 according to various examples. In some examples, system 100 can implement a digital assistant. The terms“digital assistant,”“virtual assistant,”“intelligent automated assistant,” or“automatic digital assistant” can refer to any information processing system that interprets natural language input in spoken and/or textual form to infer user intent, and performs actions based on the inferred user intent. For example, to act on an inferred user intent, the system can perform one or more of the following: identifying a task flow with steps and parameters designed to accomplish the inferred user intent, inputting specific requirements from the inferred user intent into the task flow; executing the task flow by invoking programs, methods, services, APIs, or the like; and generating output responses to the user in an audible (e.g., speech) and/or visual form. [0038] Specifically, a digital assistant can be capable of accepting a user request at least partially in the form of a natural language command, request, statement, narrative, and/or inquiry. Typically, the user request can seek either an informational answer or performance of a task by the digital assistant. A satisfactory response to the user request can be a provision of the requested informational answer, a performance of the requested task, or a combination of the two. For example, a user can ask the digital assistant a question, such as “Where am I right now?” Based on the user’s current location, the digital assistant can answer,“You are in Central Park near the west gate.” The user can also request the performance of a task, for example,“Please invite my friends to my girlfriend’s birthday party next week.” In response, the digital assistant can acknowledge the request by saying “Yes, right away,” and then send a suitable calendar invite on behalf of the user to each of the user’s friends listed in the user’s electronic address book. During performance of a requested task, the digital assistant can sometimes interact with the user in a continuous dialogue involving multiple exchanges of information over an extended period of time. There are numerous other ways of interacting with a digital assistant to request information or performance of various tasks. In addition to providing verbal responses and taking programmed actions, the digital assistant can also provide responses in other visual or audio forms, e.g., as text, alerts, music, videos, animations, etc. [0039] As shown in FIG. 1, in some examples, a digital assistant can be implemented according to a client-server model. The digital assistant can include client-side portion 102 (hereafter“DA client 102”) executed on user device 104 and server-side portion 106 (hereafter“DA server 106”) executed on server system 108. DA client 102 can communicate with DA server 106 through one or more networks 110. DA client 102 can provide client- side functionalities such as user-facing input and output processing and communication with DA server 106. DA server 106 can provide server-side functionalities for any number of DA clients 102 each residing on a respective user device 104. [0040] In some examples, DA server 106 can include client-facing I/O interface 112, one or more processing modules 114, data and models 116, and I/O interface to external services 118. The client-facing I/O interface 112 can facilitate the client-facing input and output processing for DA server 106. One or more processing modules 114 can utilize data and models 116 to process speech input and determine the user’s intent based on natural language input. Further, one or more processing modules 114 perform task execution based on inferred user intent. In some examples, DA server 106 can communicate with external services 120 through network(s) 110 for task completion or information acquisition. I/O interface to external services 118 can facilitate such communications. [0041] User device 104 can be any suitable electronic device. For example, user devices can be a portable multifunctional device (e.g., device 200, described below with reference to FIG. 2A), a multifunctional device (e.g., device 400, described below with reference to FIG. 4), or a personal electronic device (e.g., device 600, described below with reference to FIG. 6A-B.) A portable multifunctional device can be, for example, a mobile telephone that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Specific examples of portable multifunction devices can include the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. Other examples of portable multifunction devices can include, without limitation, laptop or tablet computers. Further, in some examples, user device 104 can be a non-portable multifunctional device. In particular, user device 104 can be a desktop computer, a game console, a television, or a television set-top box. In some examples, user device 104 can include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads). Further, user device 104 can optionally include one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. Various examples of electronic devices, such as multifunctional devices, are described below in greater detail. [0042] Examples of communication network(s) 110 can include local area networks (LAN) and wide area networks (WAN), e.g., the Internet. Communication network(s) 110 can be implemented using any known network protocol, including various wired or wireless protocols, such as, for example, Ethernet, Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, or any other suitable communication protocol. [0043] Server system 108 can be implemented on one or more standalone data processing apparatus or a distributed network of computers. In some examples, server system 108 can also employ various virtual devices and/or services of third-party service providers (e.g., third-party cloud service providers) to provide the underlying computing resources and/or infrastructure resources of server system 108. [0044] In some examples, user device 104 can communicate with DA server 106 via second user device 122. Second user device 122 can be similar or identical to user device 104. For example, second user device 122 can be similar to devices 200, 400, or 600 described below with reference to FIGs.2A, 4, and 6A-B. User device 104 can be configured to communicatively couple to second user device 122 via a direct communication connection, such as Bluetooth, NFC, BTLE, or the like, or via a wired or wireless network, such as a local Wi-Fi network. In some examples, second user device 122 can be configured to act as a proxy between user device 104 and DA server 106. For example, DA client 102 of user device 104 can be configured to transmit information (e.g., a user request received at user device 104) to DA server 106 via second user device 122. DA server 106 can process the information and return relevant data (e.g., data content responsive to the user request) to user device 104 via second user device 122. [0045] In some examples, user device 104 can be configured to communicate abbreviated requests for data to second user device 122 to reduce the amount of information transmitted from user device 104. Second user device 122 can be configured to determine supplemental information to add to the abbreviated request to generate a complete request to transmit to DA server 106. This system architecture can advantageously allow user device 104 having limited communication capabilities and/or limited battery power (e.g., a watch or a similar compact electronic device) to access services provided by DA server 106 by using second user device 122, having greater communication capabilities and/or battery power (e.g., a mobile phone, laptop computer, tablet computer, or the like), as a proxy to DA server 106. While only two user devices 104 and 122 are shown in FIG. 1, it will be appreciated that system 100 can include any number and type of user devices configured in this proxy configuration to communicate with DA server system 106. [0046] Although the digital assistant shown in FIG. 1 can include both a client-side portion (e.g., DA client 102) and a server-side portion (e.g., DA server 106), in some examples, the functions of a digital assistant can be implemented as a standalone application installed on a user device. In addition, the divisions of functionalities between the client and server portions of the digital assistant can vary in different implementations. For instance, in some examples, the DA client can be a thin-client that provides only user-facing input and output processing functions, and delegates all other functionalities of the digital assistant to a backend server. 2. Electronic Devices [0047] Attention is now directed toward embodiments of electronic devices for implementing the client-side portion of a digital assistant. FIG. 2A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 200 with touch-sensitive display system 212 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display 212 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a“touch-sensitive display system.” Device 200 includes memory 202 (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller 222, one or more processing units (CPUs) 220, peripherals interface 218, RF circuitry 208, audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, microphone 213, input/output (I/O) subsystem 206, other input control devices 216, and external port 224. Device 200 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 264. Device 200 optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors 265 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 200 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 212 of device 200). Device 200 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 267 for generating tactile outputs on device 200 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch- sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 212 of device 200 or touchpad 455 of device 400). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 203. [0048] As used in the specification and claims, the term“intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure- sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch- sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch- sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch- sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). [0049] As used in the specification and claims, the term“tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user’s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user’s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch- sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a“down click” or“up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an“down click” or“up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user’s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as“roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an“up click,” a“down click,”“roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. [0050] It will be appreciated that device 200 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 200 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG.2A are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. [0051] Memory 202 may include one or more computer-readable storage mediums. The computer-readable storage mediums may be tangible and non-transitory. Memory 202 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller 222 may control access to memory 202 by other components of device 200. [0052] In some examples, a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of memory 202 can be used to store instructions (e.g., for performing aspects of processes 1000 and 1100, described below) for use by or in connection with an instruction execution system, apparatus, or device, such as a computer-based system, processor-containing system, or other system that can fetch the instructions from the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device and execute the instructions. In other examples, the instructions (e.g., for performing aspects of processes 1000 and 1100, described below) can be stored on a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium (not shown) of the server system 108 or can be divided between the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of memory 202 and the non- transitory computer-readable storage medium of server system 108. In the context of this document, a“non-transitory computer-readable storage medium” can be any medium that can contain or store the program for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. [0053] Peripherals interface 218 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU 220 and memory 202. The one or more processors 220 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 202 to perform various functions for device 200 and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface 218, CPU 220, and memory controller 222 may be implemented on a single chip, such as chip 204. In some other embodiments, they may be implemented on separate chips. [0054] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 208 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 208 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 208 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 208 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry 208 optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. [0055] Audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, and microphone 213 provide an audio interface between a user and device 200. Audio circuitry 210 receives audio data from peripherals interface 218, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 211. Speaker 211 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 210 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 213 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 210 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 218 for processing. Audio data may be retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 202 and/or RF circuitry 208 by peripherals interface 218. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 210 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 312, FIG.3). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 210 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). [0056] I/O subsystem 206 couples input/output peripherals on device 200, such as touch screen 212 and other input control devices 216, to peripherals interface 218. I/O subsystem 206 optionally includes display controller 256, optical sensor controller 258, intensity sensor controller 259, haptic feedback controller 261, and one or more input controllers 260 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 260 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices 216. The other input control devices 216 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 260 are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 308, FIG. 3) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 211 and/or microphone 213. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 306, FIG. 3). [0057] A quick press of the push button may disengage a lock of touch screen 212 or begin a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. Patent Application 11/322,549,“Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed December 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g., 306) may turn power to device 200 on or off. The user may be able to customize a functionality of one or more of the buttons. Touch screen 212 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. [0058] Touch-sensitive display 212 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 256 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen 212. Touch screen 212 displays visual output to the user. The visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed“graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects. [0059] Touch screen 212 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen 212 and display controller 256 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 202) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen 212 and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen 212. In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen 212 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. [0060] Touch screen 212 may use LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. Touch screen 212 and display controller 256 may detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen 212. In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, California. [0061] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 212 may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Patents: 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen 212 displays visual output from device 200, whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. [0062] A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen 212 may be as described in the following applications: (1) U.S. Patent Application No.11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/840,862,“Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. Patent Application No. 10/903,964,“Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed July 30, 2004; (4) U.S. Patent Application No. 11/048,264,“Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 31, 2005; (5) U.S. Patent Application No.11/038,590,“Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed January 18, 2005; (6) U.S. Patent Application No.11/228,758,“Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (7) U.S. Patent Application No.11/228,700,“Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed September 16, 2005; (8) U.S. Patent Application No.11/228,737,“Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual
Keyboard,” filed September 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. Patent Application No.11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed March 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. [0063] Touch screen 212 may have a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user may make contact with touch screen 212 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. [0064] In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 200 may include a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad may be a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen 212 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. [0065] Device 200 also includes power system 262 for powering the various components. Power system 262 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. [0066] Device 200 may also include one or more optical sensors 264. FIG.2A shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller 258 in I/O subsystem 206. Optical sensor 264 may include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide
semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 264 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data
representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 243 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 264 may capture still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 200, opposite touch screen display 212 on the front of the device so that the touch screen display may be used as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user’s image may be obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor 264 can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor 264 may be used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. [0067] Device 200 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 265. FIG. 2A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller 259 in I/O subsystem 206. Contact intensity sensor 265 optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor 265 receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 212). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 200, opposite touch screen display 212, which is located on the front of device 200. [0068] Device 200 may also include one or more proximity sensors 266. FIG. 2A shows proximity sensor 266 coupled to peripherals interface 218. Alternately, proximity sensor 266 may be coupled to input controller 260 in I/O subsystem 206. Proximity sensor 266 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Application Nos.11/241,839,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/240,788,“Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and
11/638,251,“Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 212 when the multifunction device is placed near the user’s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). [0069] Device 200 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 267. FIG. 2A shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller 261 in I/O subsystem 206. Tactile output generator 267 optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor 265 receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 233 and generates tactile outputs on device 200 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 200. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 212) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 200) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 200). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 200, opposite touch screen display 212, which is located on the front of device 200. [0070] Device 200 may also include one or more accelerometers 268. FIG.2A shows accelerometer 268 coupled to peripherals interface 218. Alternately, accelerometer 268 may be coupled to an input controller 260 in I/O subsystem 206. Accelerometer 268 may perform as described in U.S. Patent Publication No.20050190059,“Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No.
20060017692,“Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 200 optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s) 268, a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device 200. [0071] In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 202 include operating system 226, communication module (or set of instructions) 228, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 230, graphics module (or set of instructions) 232, text input module (or set of instructions) 234, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 235, Digital Assistant Client Module 229, and applications (or sets of instructions) 236. Further, memory 202 can store data and models, such as user data and models 231. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 202 (FIG. 2A) or 470 (FIG. 4) stores device/global internal state 257, as shown in FIGS. 2A and 4. Device/global internal state 257 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display 212; sensor state, including information obtained from the device’s various sensors and input control devices 216; and location information concerning the device’s location and/or attitude. [0072] Operating system 226 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. [0073] Communication module 228 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 224 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 208 and/or external port 224. External port 224 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. [0074] Contact/motion module 230 optionally detects contact with touch screen 212 (in conjunction with display controller 256) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 230 includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module 230 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface.
Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g.,“multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 230 and display controller 256 detect contact on a touchpad. [0075] In some embodiments, contact/motion module 230 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has“clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 200). For example, a mouse“click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click“intensity” parameter). [0076] Contact/motion module 230 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. [0077] Graphics module 232 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen 212 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term“graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including ,without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. [0078] In some embodiments, graphics module 232 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 232 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 256. [0079] Haptic feedback module 233 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 267 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device 200 in response to user interactions with device 200. [0080] Text input module 234, which may be a component of graphics module 232, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 237, e mail 240, IM 241, browser 247, and any other application that needs text input). [0081] GPS module 235 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 238 for use in location-based dialing; to camera 243 as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location- based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). [0082] Digital assistant client module 229 can include various client-side digital assistant instructions to provide the client-side functionalities of the digital assistant. For example, digital assistant client module 229 can be capable of accepting voice input (e.g., speech input), text input, touch input, and/or gestural input through various user interfaces (e.g., microphone 213, accelerometer(s) 268, touch-sensitive display system 212, optical sensor(s) 229, other input control devices 216, etc.) of portable multifunction device 200. Digital assistant client module 229 can also be capable of providing output in audio (e.g., speech output), visual, and/or tactile forms through various output interfaces (e.g., speaker 211, touch-sensitive display system 212, tactile output generator(s) 267, etc.) of portable multifunction device 200. For example, output can be provided as voice, sound, alerts, text messages, menus, graphics, videos, animations, vibrations, and/or combinations of two or more of the above. During operation, digital assistant client module 229 can communicate with DA server 106 using RF circuitry 208. [0083] User data and models 231 can include various data associated with the user (e.g., user-specific vocabulary data, user preference data, user-specified name pronunciations, data from the user’s electronic address book, to-do lists, shopping lists, etc.) to provide the client- side functionalities of the digital assistant. Further, user data and models 231 can includes various models (e.g., speech recognition models, statistical language models, natural language processing models, ontology, task flow models, service models, etc.) for processing user input and determining user intent. [0084] In some examples, digital assistant client module 229 can utilize the various sensors, subsystems, and peripheral devices of portable multifunction device 200 to gather additional information from the surrounding environment of the portable multifunction device 200 to establish a context associated with a user, the current user interaction, and/or the current user input. In some examples, digital assistant client module 229 can provide the contextual information or a subset thereof with the user input to DA server 106 to help infer the user’s intent. In some examples, the digital assistant can also use the contextual information to determine how to prepare and deliver outputs to the user. Contextual information can be referred to as context data. [0085] In some examples, the contextual information that accompanies the user input can include sensor information, e.g., lighting, ambient noise, ambient temperature, images or videos of the surrounding environment, etc. In some examples, the contextual information can also include the physical state of the device, e.g., device orientation, device location, device temperature, power level, speed, acceleration, motion patterns, cellular signals strength, etc. In some examples, information related to the software state of DA server 106, e.g., running processes, installed programs, past and present network activities, background services, error logs, resources usage, etc., and of portable multifunction device 200 can be provided to DA server 106 as contextual information associated with a user input. [0086] In some examples, the digital assistant client module 229 can selectively provide information (e.g., user data 231) stored on the portable multifunction device 200 in response to requests from DA server 106. In some examples, digital assistant client module 229 can also elicit additional input from the user via a natural language dialogue or other user interfaces upon request by DA server 106. Digital assistant client module 229 can pass the additional input to DA server 106 to help DA server 106 in intent deduction and/or fulfillment of the user’s intent expressed in the user request. [0087] A more detailed description of a digital assistant is described below with reference to FIGs.7A-C. It should be recognized that digital assistant client module 229 can include any number of the sub-modules of digital assistant module 726 described below. [0088] Applications 236 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof: • Contacts module 237 (sometimes called an address book or contact list); • Telephone module 238; • Video conference module 239; • Email client module 240; • Instant messaging (IM) module 241; • Workout support module 242; • Camera module 243 for still and/or video images; • Image management module 244; • Video player module; • Music player module; • Browser module 247; • Calendar module 248; • Widget modules 249, which may include one or more of: weather widget 249-1, stocks widget 249-2, calculator widget 249-3, alarm clock widget 249-4, dictionary widget 249-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 249-6; • Widget creator module 250 for making user-created widgets 249-6; • Search module 251; • Video and music player module 252, which merges video player module and music player module; • Notes module 253; • Map module 254; and/or • Online video module 255. [0089] Examples of other applications 236 that may be stored in memory 202 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. [0090] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, contacts module 237 may be used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 292 of contacts module 237 in memory 202 or memory 470), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), email address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or email addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 238, video conference module 239, email 240, or IM 241; and so forth. [0091] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, microphone 213, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, telephone module 238 may be used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module 237, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. [0092] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, microphone 213, touch screen 212, display controller 256, optical sensor 264, optical sensor controller 258, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, contacts module 237, and telephone module 238, video conference module 239 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. [0093] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, email client module 240 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage email in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 244, email client module 240 makes it very easy to create and send emails with still or video images taken with camera module 243. [0094] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, the instant messaging module 241 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or
Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein,“instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). [0095] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, GPS module 235, map module 254, and music player module, workout support module 242 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. [0096] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, optical sensor(s) 264, optical sensor controller 258, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and image management module 244, camera module 243 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 202, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory 202. [0097] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, and camera module 243, image management module 244 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. [0098] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, browser module 247 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. [0099] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, email client module 240, and browser module 247, calendar module 248 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. [0100] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, and browser module 247, widget modules 249 are mini-applications that may be downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 249-1, stocks widget 249-2, calculator widget 249-3, alarm clock widget 249-4, and dictionary widget 249-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 249-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
[0101] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, and browser module 247, the widget creator module 250 may be used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
[0102] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, search module 251 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 202 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
[0103] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, RF circuitry 208, and browser module 247, video and music player module 252 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 212 or on an external, connected display via external port 224). In some embodiments, device 200 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). [0104] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, and text input module 234, notes module 253 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
[0105] In conjunction with RF circuitry 208, touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, text input module 234, GPS module 235, and browser module 247, map module 254 may be used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
[0106] In conjunction with touch screen 212, display controller 256, contact/motion module 230, graphics module 232, audio circuitry 210, speaker 211, RF circuitry 208, text input module 234, email client module 240, and browser module 247, online video module 255 includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port 224), send an email with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 241, rather than email client module 240, is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.60/936,562,“Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed June 20, 2007, and U.S. Patent Application No. 11/968,067,“Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed December 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0107] Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module may be combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module 252, FIG.2A). In some embodiments, memory 202 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 202 may store additional modules and data structures not described above.
[0108] In some embodiments, device 200 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 200, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 200 may be reduced.
[0109] The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 200 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 200. In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
[0110] FIG.2B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 202 (FIG.2A) or 470 (FIG.4) includes event sorter 270 (e.g., in operating system 226) and a respective application 236-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 237-251, 255, 480-490).
[0111] Event sorter 270 receives event information and determines the application 236-1 and application view 291 of application 236-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 270 includes event monitor 271 and event dispatcher module 274. In some embodiments, application 236-1 includes application internal state 292, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display 212 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 257 is used by event sorter 270 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 292 is used by event sorter 270 to determine application views 291 to which to deliver event information.
[0112] In some embodiments, application internal state 292 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 236-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 236-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 236-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. [0113] Event monitor 271 receives event information from peripherals interface 218. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch- sensitive display 212, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 218 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 206 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 266, accelerometer(s) 268, and/or microphone 213 (through audio circuitry 210). Information that peripherals interface 218 receives from I/O subsystem 206 includes information from touch- sensitive display 212 or a touch-sensitive surface.
[0114] In some embodiments, event monitor 271 sends requests to the peripherals interface 218 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 218 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface 218 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
[0115] In some embodiments, event sorter 270 also includes a hit view determination module 272 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 273.
[0116] Hit view determination module 272 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display 212 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
[0117] Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected may correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected may be called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs may be determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
[0118] Hit view determination module 272 receives information related to sub events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 272 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub- events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module 272, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
[0119] Active event recognizer determination module 273 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 273 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 273 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
[0120] Event dispatcher module 274 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 280). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 273, event dispatcher module 274 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 273. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 274 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver 282.
[0121] In some embodiments, operating system 226 includes event sorter 270.
Alternatively, application 236-1 includes event sorter 270. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 270 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 202, such as contact/motion module 230.
[0122] In some embodiments, application 236-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 290 and one or more application views 291, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application’s user interface. Each application view 291 of the application 236-1 includes one or more event recognizers 280. Typically, a respective application view 291 includes a plurality of event recognizers 280. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 280 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 236-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 290 includes one or more of: data updater 276, object updater 277, GUI updater 278, and/or event data 279 received from event sorter 270. Event handler 290 may utilize or call data updater 276, object updater 277, or GUI updater 278 to update the application internal state 292. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 291 include one or more respective event handlers 290. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 276, object updater 277, and GUI updater 278 are included in a respective application view 291.
[0123] A respective event recognizer 280 receives event information (e.g., event data 279) from event sorter 270 and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 280 includes event receiver 282 and event comparator 284. In some
embodiments, event recognizer 280 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 283, and event delivery instructions 288 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).
[0124] Event receiver 282 receives event information from event sorter 270. The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information may also include speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
[0125] Event comparator 284 compares the event information to predefined event or sub- event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 284 includes event definitions 286. Event definitions 286 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (287-1), event 2 (287- 2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event (287) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (287-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (287-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch- sensitive display 212, and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 290. [0126] In some embodiments, event definition 287 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 284 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display 212, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display 212, event comparator 284 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 290, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 290 should be activated. For example, event comparator 284 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
[0127] In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event (287) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer’s event type.
[0128] When a respective event recognizer 280 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 286, the respective event recognizer 280 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
[0129] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 280 includes metadata 283 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 283 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers may interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 283 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
[0130] In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 280 activates event handler 290 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 280 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 290. Activating an event handler 290 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 280 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 290 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
[0131] In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 288 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
[0132] In some embodiments, data updater 276 creates and updates data used in application 236-1. For example, data updater 276 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 237, or stores a video file used in video player module. In some
embodiments, object updater 277 creates and updates objects used in application 236-1. For example, object updater 277 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 278 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 278 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 232 for display on a touch- sensitive display.
[0133] In some embodiments, event handler(s) 290 includes or has access to data updater 276, object updater 277, and GUI updater 278. In some embodiments, data updater 276, object updater 277, and GUI updater 278 are included in a single module of a respective application 236-1 or application view 291. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
[0134] It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 200 with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
[0135] FIG.3 illustrates a portable multifunction device 200 having a touch screen 212 in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 300. In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 302 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 303 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 200. In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
[0136] Device 200 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as“home” or menu button 304. As described previously, menu button 304 may be used to navigate to any application 236 in a set of applications that may be executed on device 200. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen 212.
[0137] In one embodiment, device 200 includes touch screen 212, menu button 304, push button 306 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 308, subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot 310, headset jack 312, and docking/charging external port 224. Push button 306 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device 200 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 213. Device 200 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 265 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen 212 and/or one or more tactile output generators 267 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 200.
[0138] FIG.4 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 400 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 400 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child’s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 400 typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 410, one or more network or other communications interfaces 460, memory 470, and one or more communication buses 420 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 420 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 400 includes input/output (I/O) interface 430 comprising display 440, which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface 430 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 450 and touchpad 455, tactile output generator 457 for generating tactile outputs on device 400 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 267 described above with reference to FIG.2A), sensors 459 (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s) 265 described above with reference to FIG. 2A).
Memory 470 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non- volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 470 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 410. In some embodiments, memory 470 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 202 of portable multifunction device 200 (FIG.2A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 470 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 202 of portable multifunction device 200. For example, memory 470 of device 400 optionally stores drawing module 480, presentation module 482, word processing module 484, website creation module 486, disk authoring module 488, and/or spreadsheet module 490, while memory 202 of portable multifunction device 200 (FIG.2A) optionally does not store these modules.
[0139] Each of the above-identified elements in FIG.4 may be stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above- identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 470 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 470 may store additional modules and data structures not described above. [0140] Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that may be implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device 200.
[0141] FIG.5A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 200 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces may be implemented on device 400. In some embodiments, user interface 500 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
• Signal strength indicator(s) 502 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals; • Time 504; • Bluetooth indicator 505; • Battery status indicator 506; • Tray 508 with icons for frequently used applications, such as: o Icon 516 for telephone module 238, labeled“Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 514 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages; o Icon 518 for email client module 240, labeled“Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 510 of the number of unread emails; o Icon 520 for browser module 247, labeled“Browser;” and o Icon 522 for video and music player module 252, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 252, labeled“iPod;” and • Icons for other applications, such as: o Icon 524 for IM module 241, labeled“Messages;” o Icon 526 for calendar module 248, labeled“Calendar;” o Icon 528 for image management module 244, labeled“Photos;” o Icon 530 for camera module 243, labeled“Camera;” o Icon 532 for online video module 255, labeled“Online Video;” o Icon 534 for stocks widget 249-2, labeled“Stocks;” o Icon 536 for map module 254, labeled“Maps;” o Icon 538 for weather widget 249-1, labeled“Weather;” o Icon 540 for alarm clock widget 249-4, labeled“Clock;” o Icon 542 for workout support module 242, labeled“Workout Support;” o Icon 544 for notes module 253, labeled“Notes;” and o Icon 546 for a settings application or module, labeled“Settings,” which
provides access to settings for device 200 and its various applications 236. [0142] It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG.5A are merely exemplary. For example, icon 522 for video and music player module 252 may optionally be labeled “Music” or“Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
[0143] FIG.5B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 400, FIG. 4) with a touch-sensitive surface 551 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 455, FIG.4) that is separate from the display 550 (e.g., touch screen display 212). Device 400 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 457) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 551 and/or one or more tactile output generators 459 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 400.
[0144] Although some of the examples which follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display 212 (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG.5B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 551 in FIG.5B) has a primary axis (e.g., 552 in FIG. 5B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 553 in FIG.5B) on the display (e.g., 550). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 560 and 562 in FIG. 5B) with the touch- sensitive surface 551 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG.5B, 560 corresponds to 568 and 562 corresponds to 570). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 560 and 562, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch- sensitive surface (e.g., 551 in FIG. 5B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 550 in FIG.5B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
[0145] Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously.
[0146] FIG.6A illustrates exemplary personal electronic device 600. Device 600 includes body 602. In some embodiments, device 600 can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices 200 and 400 (e.g., FIGS. 2A-4B). In some embodiments, device 600 has touch-sensitive display screen 604, hereafter touch screen 604. Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen 604, device 600 has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices 200 and 400, in some embodiments, touch screen 604 (or the touch-sensitive surface) may have one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen 604 (or the touch- sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device 600 can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device 600.
[0147] Techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity may be found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No.
PCT/US2013/040061, titled“Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, and
International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled“Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed November 11, 2013, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0148] In some embodiments, device 600 has one or more input mechanisms 606 and 608. Input mechanisms 606 and 608, if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device 600 has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device 600 with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms may permit device 600 to be worn by a user.
[0149] FIG.6B depicts exemplary personal electronic device 600. In some embodiments, device 600 can include some or all of the components described with respect to FIGS. 2A, 2B, and 4. Device 600 has bus 612 that operatively couples I/O section 614 with one or more computer processors 616 and memory 618. I/O section 614 can be connected to display 604, which can have touch-sensitive component 622 and, optionally, touch-intensity sensitive component 624. In addition, I/O section 614 can be connected with communication unit 630 for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device 600 can include input mechanisms 606 and/or 608. Input mechanism 606 may be a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism 608 may be a button, in some examples.
[0150] Input mechanism 608 may be a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device 600 can include various sensors, such as GPS sensor 632, accelerometer 634, directional sensor 640 (e.g., compass), gyroscope 636, motion sensor 638, and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section 614.
[0151] Memory 618 of personal electronic device 600 can include one or more non- transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors 616, for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes 1000 and 1100 (FIGS. 10-11). Personal electronic device 600 is not limited to the components and configuration of FIG.6B, but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations.
[0152] As used here, the term“affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that may be displayed on the display screen of devices 200, 400, and/or 600 (FIGS. 2, 4, and 6). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., link) may each constitute an affordance.
[0153] As used herein, the term“focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 455 in FIG.4 or touch-sensitive surface 551 in FIG.5B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 212 in FIG.2A or touch screen 212 in FIG.5A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a“focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user’s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
[0154] As used in the specification and claims, the term“characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A
characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
[0155] In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding- average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
[0156] The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface may be characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
[0157] An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a“deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
[0158] In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a“down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
[0159] In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed“jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an“up stroke” of the respective press input).
Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
[0160] For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 3. Digital Assistant System [0161] FIG.7A illustrates a block diagram of digital assistant system 700 in accordance with various examples. In some examples, digital assistant system 700 can be implemented on a standalone computer system. In some examples, digital assistant system 700 can be distributed across multiple computers. In some examples, some of the modules and functions of the digital assistant can be divided into a server portion and a client portion, where the client portion resides on one or more user devices (e.g., devices 104, 122, 200, 400, or 600) and communicates with the server portion (e.g., server system 108) through one or more networks, e.g., as shown in FIG.1. In some examples, digital assistant system 700 can be an implementation of server system 108 (and/or DA server 106) shown in FIG.1. It should be noted that digital assistant system 700 is only one example of a digital assistant system, and that digital assistant system 700 can have more or fewer components than shown, may combine two or more components, or may have a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG.7A can be implemented in hardware, software instructions for execution by one or more processors, firmware, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits, or a combination thereof.
[0162] Digital assistant system 700 can include memory 702, one or more processors 704, input/output (I/O) interface 706, and network communications interface 708. These components can communicate with one another over one or more communication buses or signal lines 710.
[0163] In some examples, memory 702 can include a non-transitory computer-readable medium, such as high-speed random access memory and/or a non-volatile computer-readable storage medium (e.g., one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices).
[0164] In some examples, I/O interface 706 can couple input/output devices 716 of digital assistant system 700, such as displays, keyboards, touch screens, and microphones, to user interface module 722. I/O interface 706, in conjunction with user interface module 722, can receive user inputs (e.g., voice input, keyboard inputs, touch inputs, etc.) and processes them accordingly. In some examples, e.g., when the digital assistant is implemented on a standalone user device, digital assistant system 700 can include any of the components and I/O communication interfaces described with respect to devices 200, 400, or 600 in FIGS. 2A, 4, 6A-B, respectively. In some examples, digital assistant system 700 can represent the server portion of a digital assistant implementation, and can interact with the user through a client-side portion residing on a user device (e.g., devices 104, 200, 400, or 600).
[0165] In some examples, the network communications interface 708 can include wired communication port(s) 712 and/or wireless transmission and reception circuitry 714. The wired communication port(s) can receive and send communication signals via one or more wired interfaces, e.g., Ethernet, Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc. The wireless circuitry 714 can receive and send RF signals and/or optical signals from/to communications networks and other communications devices. The wireless communications can use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, such as GSM, EDGE, CDMA, TDMA, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi, VoIP, Wi-MAX, or any other suitable communication protocol. Network communications interface 708 can enable communication between digital assistant system 700 with networks, such as the Internet, an intranet, and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN), and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices. [0166] In some examples, memory 702, or the computer-readable storage media of memory 702, can store programs, modules, instructions, and data structures including all or a subset of: operating system 718, communications module 720, user interface module 722, one or more applications 724, and digital assistant module 726. In particular, memory 702, or the computer-readable storage media of memory 702, can store instructions for performing processes 1000 and 1100, described below. One or more processors 704 can execute these programs, modules, and instructions, and reads/writes from/to the data structures.
[0167] Operating system 718 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, iOS, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) can include various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communications between various hardware, firmware, and software components.
[0168] Communications module 720 can facilitate communications between digital assistant system 700 with other devices over network communications interface 708. For example, communications module 720 can communicate with RF circuitry 208 of electronic devices such as devices 200, 400, and 600 shown in FIG.2A, 4, 6A-B, respectively.
Communications module 720 can also include various components for handling data received by wireless circuitry 714 and/or wired communications port 712.
[0169] User interface module 722 can receive commands and/or inputs from a user via I/O interface 706 (e.g., from a keyboard, touch screen, pointing device, controller, and/or microphone), and generate user interface objects on a display. User interface module 722 can also prepare and deliver outputs (e.g., speech, sound, animation, text, icons, vibrations, haptic feedback, light, etc.) to the user via the I/O interface 706 (e.g., through displays, audio channels, speakers, touch-pads, etc.).
[0170] Applications 724 can include programs and/or modules that are configured to be executed by one or more processors 704. For example, if the digital assistant system is implemented on a standalone user device, applications 724 can include user applications, such as games, a calendar application, a navigation application, or an email application. If digital assistant system 700 is implemented on a server, applications 724 can include resource management applications, diagnostic applications, or scheduling applications, for example.
[0171] Memory 702 can also store digital assistant module 726 (or the server portion of a digital assistant). In some examples, digital assistant module 726 can include the following sub-modules, or a subset or superset thereof: input/output processing module 728, speech-to- text (STT) processing module 730, natural language processing module 732, dialogue flow processing module 734, task flow processing module 736, service processing module 738, and speech synthesis module 740. Each of these modules can have access to one or more of the following systems or data and models of the digital assistant module 726, or a subset or superset thereof: ontology 760, vocabulary index 744, user data 748, task flow models 754, service models 756, and ASR systems.
[0172] In some examples, using the processing modules, data, and models implemented in digital assistant module 726, the digital assistant can perform at least some of the following: converting speech input into text; identifying a user’s intent expressed in a natural language input received from the user; actively eliciting and obtaining information needed to fully infer the user’s intent (e.g., by disambiguating words, games, intentions, etc.);
determining the task flow for fulfilling the inferred intent; and executing the task flow to fulfill the inferred intent.
[0173] In some examples, as shown in FIG.7B, I/O processing module 728 can interact with the user through I/O devices 716 in FIG.7A or with a user device (e.g., devices 104, 200, 400, or 600) through network communications interface 708 in FIG.7A to obtain user input (e.g., a speech input) and to provide responses (e.g., as speech outputs) to the user input. I/O processing module 728 can optionally obtain contextual information associated with the user input from the user device, along with or shortly after the receipt of the user input. The contextual information can include user-specific data, vocabulary, and/or preferences relevant to the user input. In some examples, the contextual information also includes software and hardware states of the user device at the time the user request is received, and/or information related to the surrounding environment of the user at the time that the user request was received. In some examples, I/O processing module 728 can also send follow-up questions to, and receive answers from, the user regarding the user request. When a user request is received by I/O processing module 728 and the user request can include speech input, I/O processing module 728 can forward the speech input to STT processing module 730 (or speech recognizer) for speech-to-text conversions.
[0174] STT processing module 730 can include one or more ASR systems. The one or more ASR systems can process the speech input that is received through I/O processing module 728 to produce a recognition result. Each ASR system can include a front-end speech pre-processor. The front-end speech pre-processor can extract representative features from the speech input. For example, the front-end speech pre-processor can perform a Fourier transform on the speech input to extract spectral features that characterize the speech input as a sequence of representative multi-dimensional vectors. Further, each ASR system can include one or more speech recognition models (e.g., acoustic models and/or language models) and can implement one or more speech recognition engines. Examples of speech recognition models can include Hidden Markov Models, Gaussian-Mixture Models, Deep Neural Network Models, n-gram language models, and other statistical models. Examples of speech recognition engines can include the dynamic time warping based engines and weighted finite-state transducers (WFST) based engines. The one or more speech recognition models and the one or more speech recognition engines can be used to process the extracted representative features of the front-end speech pre-processor to produce intermediate recognitions results (e.g., phonemes, phonemic strings, and sub-words), and ultimately, text recognition results (e.g., words, word strings, or sequence of tokens). In some examples, the speech input can be processed at least partially by a third-party service or on the user’s device (e.g., device 104, 200, 400, or 600) to produce the recognition result. Once STT processing module 730 produces recognition results containing a text string (e.g., words, or sequence of words, or sequence of tokens), the recognition result can be passed to natural language processing module 732 for intent deduction.
[0175] More details on the speech-to-text processing are described in U.S. Utility Application Serial No.13/236,942 for“Consolidating Speech Recognition Results,” filed on September 20, 2011, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0176] In some examples, STT processing module 730 can include and/or access a vocabulary of recognizable words via phonetic alphabet conversion module 731. Each vocabulary word can be associated with one or more candidate pronunciations of the word represented in a speech recognition phonetic alphabet. In particular, the vocabulary of recognizable words can include a word that is associated with a plurality of candidate pronunciations. For example, the vocabulary may include the word“tomato” that is associated with the candidate pronunciations of /t^'me^^o^/ and /t^'m^to^/. Further, vocabulary words can be associated with custom candidate pronunciations that are based on previous speech inputs from the user. Such custom candidate pronunciations can be stored in STT processing module 730 and can be associated with a particular user via the user’s profile on the device. In some examples, the candidate pronunciations for words can be determined based on the spelling of the word and one or more linguistic and/or phonetic rules. In some examples, the candidate pronunciations can be manually generated, e.g., based on known canonical pronunciations.
[0177] In some examples, the candidate pronunciations can be ranked based on the commonness of the candidate pronunciation. For example, the candidate pronunciation /t^'me^^o^/ can be ranked higher than
Figure imgf000052_0007
, because the former is a more commonly used pronunciation (e.g., among all users, for users in a particular geographical region, or for any other appropriate subset of users). In some examples, candidate pronunciations can be ranked based on whether the candidate pronunciation is a custom candidate pronunciation associated with the user. For example, custom candidate pronunciations can be ranked higher than canonical candidate pronunciations. This can be useful for recognizing proper nouns having a unique pronunciation that deviates from canonical pronunciation. In some examples, candidate pronunciations can be associated with one or more speech
characteristics, such as geographic origin, nationality, or ethnicity. For example, the candidate pronunciation
Figure imgf000052_0002
can be associated with the United States, whereas the candidate pronunciation
Figure imgf000052_0001
can be associated with Great Britain. Further, the rank of the candidate pronunciation can be based on one or more characteristics (e.g., geographic origin, nationality, ethnicity, etc.) of the user stored in the user’s profile on the device. For example, it can be determined from the user’s profile that the user is associated with the United States. Based on the user being associated with the United States, the candidate pronunciation
Figure imgf000052_0003
(associated with the United States) can be ranked higher than the candidate pronunciation
Figure imgf000052_0006
(associated with Great Britain). In some examples, one of the ranked candidate pronunciations can be selected as a predicted pronunciation (e.g., the most likely pronunciation).
[0178] When a speech input is received, STT processing module 730 can be used to determine the phonemes corresponding to the speech input (e.g., using an acoustic model), and then attempt to determine words that match the phonemes (e.g., using a language model). For example, if STT processing module 730 can first identify the sequence of phonemes
Figure imgf000052_0004
corresponding to a portion of the speech input, it can then determine, based on vocabulary index 744, that this sequence corresponds to the word“tomato.”
[0179] In some examples, STT processing module 730 can use approximate matching techniques to determine words in an utterance. Thus, for example, the STT processing module 730 can determine that the sequence of phonemes
Figure imgf000052_0005
corresponds to the word“tomato,” even if that particular sequence of phonemes is not one of the candidate sequence of phonemes for that word.
[0180] Natural language processing module 732 (“natural language processor”) of the digital assistant can take the sequence of words or tokens (“token sequence”) generated by STT processing module 730, and attempt to associate the token sequence with one or more “actionable intents” recognized by the digital assistant. An“actionable intent” can represent a task that can be performed by the digital assistant, and can have an associated task flow implemented in task flow models 754. The associated task flow can be a series of programmed actions and steps that the digital assistant takes in order to perform the task. The scope of a digital assistant’s capabilities can be dependent on the number and variety of task flows that have been implemented and stored in task flow models 754, or in other words, on the number and variety of“actionable intents” that the digital assistant recognizes. The effectiveness of the digital assistant, however, can also be dependent on the assistant’s ability to infer the correct“actionable intent(s)” from the user request expressed in natural language.
[0181] In some examples, in addition to the sequence of words or tokens obtained from STT processing module 730, natural language processing module 732 can also receive contextual information associated with the user request, e.g., from I/O processing module 728. The natural language processing module 732 can optionally use the contextual information to clarify, supplement, and/or further define the information contained in the token sequence received from STT processing module 730. The contextual information can include, for example, user preferences, hardware, and/or software states of the user device, sensor information collected before, during, or shortly after the user request, prior interactions (e.g., dialogue) between the digital assistant and the user, and the like. As described herein, contextual information can be dynamic, and can change with time, location, content of the dialogue, and other factors.
[0182] In some examples, the natural language processing can be based on, e.g., ontology 760. Ontology 760 can be a hierarchical structure containing many nodes, each node representing either an“actionable intent” or a“property” relevant to one or more of the “actionable intents” or other“properties.” As noted above, an“actionable intent” can represent a task that the digital assistant is capable of performing, i.e., it is“actionable” or can be acted on. A“property” can represent a parameter associated with an actionable intent or a sub-aspect of another property. A linkage between an actionable intent node and a property node in ontology 760 can define how a parameter represented by the property node pertains to the task represented by the actionable intent node.
[0183] In some examples, ontology 760 can be made up of actionable intent nodes and property nodes. Within ontology 760, each actionable intent node can be linked to one or more property nodes either directly or through one or more intermediate property nodes. Similarly, each property node can be linked to one or more actionable intent nodes either directly or through one or more intermediate property nodes. For example, as shown in FIG. 7C, ontology 760 can include a“restaurant reservation” node (i.e., an actionable intent node). Property nodes“restaurant,”“date/time” (for the reservation), and“party size” can each be directly linked to the actionable intent node (i.e., the“restaurant reservation” node).
[0184] In addition, property nodes“cuisine,”“price range,”“phone number,” and “location” can be sub-nodes of the property node“restaurant,” and can each be linked to the “restaurant reservation” node (i.e., the actionable intent node) through the intermediate property node“restaurant.” For another example, as shown in FIG.7C, ontology 760 can also include a“set reminder” node (i.e., another actionable intent node). Property nodes “date/time” (for setting the reminder) and“subject” (for the reminder) can each be linked to the“set reminder” node. Since the property“date/time” can be relevant to both the task of making a restaurant reservation and the task of setting a reminder, the property node “date/time” can be linked to both the“restaurant reservation” node and the“set reminder” node in ontology 760.
[0185] An actionable intent node, along with its linked concept nodes, can be described as a“domain.” In the present discussion, each domain can be associated with a respective actionable intent, and refers to the group of nodes (and the relationships there between) associated with the particular actionable intent. For example, ontology 760 shown in FIG.7C can include an example of restaurant reservation domain 762 and an example of reminder domain 764 within ontology 760. The restaurant reservation domain includes the actionable intent node“restaurant reservation,” property nodes“restaurant,”“date/time,” and“party size,” and sub-property nodes“cuisine,”“price range,”“phone number,” and“location.” Reminder domain 764 can include the actionable intent node“set reminder,” and property nodes“subject” and“date/time.” In some examples, ontology 760 can be made up of many domains. Each domain can share one or more property nodes with one or more other domains. For example, the“date/time” property node can be associated with many different domains (e.g., a scheduling domain, a travel reservation domain, a movie ticket domain, etc.), in addition to restaurant reservation domain 762 and reminder domain 764.
[0186] While FIG. 7C illustrates two example domains within ontology 760, other domains can include, for example,“find a movie,”“initiate a phone call,”“find directions,” “schedule a meeting,”“send a message,” and“provide an answer to a question,”“read a list,” “providing navigation instructions,”“provide instructions for a task” and so on. A“send a message” domain can be associated with a“send a message” actionable intent node, and may further include property nodes such as“recipient(s),”“message type,” and“message body.” The property node“recipient” can be further defined, for example, by the sub-property nodes such as“recipient name” and“message address.”
[0187] In some examples, ontology 760 can include all the domains (and hence actionable intents) that the digital assistant is capable of understanding and acting upon. In some examples, ontology 760 can be modified, such as by adding or removing entire domains or nodes, or by modifying relationships between the nodes within the ontology 760.
[0188] In some examples, nodes associated with multiple related actionable intents can be clustered under a“super domain” in ontology 760. For example, a“travel” super-domain can include a cluster of property nodes and actionable intent nodes related to travel. The actionable intent nodes related to travel can include“airline reservation,”“hotel reservation,” “car rental,”“get directions,”“find points of interest,” and so on. The actionable intent nodes under the same super domain (e.g., the“travel” super domain) can have many property nodes in common. For example, the actionable intent nodes for“airline reservation,”“hotel reservation,”“car rental,”“get directions,” and“find points of interest” can share one or more of the property nodes“start location,”“destination,”“departure date/time,”“arrival date/time,” and“party size.”
[0189] In some examples, each node in ontology 760 can be associated with a set of words and/or phrases that are relevant to the property or actionable intent represented by the node. The respective set of words and/or phrases associated with each node can be the so- called“vocabulary” associated with the node. The respective set of words and/or phrases associated with each node can be stored in vocabulary index 744 in association with the property or actionable intent represented by the node. For example, returning to FIG. 7B, the vocabulary associated with the node for the property of“restaurant” can include words such as“food,”“drinks,”“cuisine,”“hungry,”“eat,”“pizza,”“fast food,”“meal,” and so on. For another example, the vocabulary associated with the node for the actionable intent of“initiate a phone call” can include words and phrases such as“call,”“phone,”“dial,”“ring,”“call this number,”“make a call to,” and so on. The vocabulary index 744 can optionally include words and phrases in different languages.
[0190] Natural language processing module 732 can receive the token sequence (e.g., a text string) from STT processing module 730, and determine what nodes are implicated by the words in the token sequence. In some examples, if a word or phrase in the token sequence is found to be associated with one or more nodes in ontology 760 (via vocabulary index 744), the word or phrase can“trigger” or“activate” those nodes. Based on the quantity and/or relative importance of the activated nodes, natural language processing module 732 can select one of the actionable intents as the task that the user intended the digital assistant to perform. In some examples, the domain that has the most“triggered” nodes can be selected. In some examples, the domain having the highest confidence value (e.g., based on the relative importance of its various triggered nodes) can be selected. In some examples, the domain can be selected based on a combination of the number and the importance of the triggered nodes. In some examples, additional factors are considered in selecting the node as well, such as whether the digital assistant has previously correctly interpreted a similar request from a user.
[0191] User data 748 can include user-specific information, such as user-specific vocabulary, user preferences, user address, user’s default and secondary languages, user’s contact list, and other short-term or long-term information for each user. In some examples, natural language processing module 732 can use the user-specific information to supplement the information contained in the user input to further define the user intent. For example, for a user request“invite my friends to my birthday party,” natural language processing module 732 can be able to access user data 748 to determine who the“friends” are and when and where the“birthday party” would be held, rather than requiring the user to provide such information explicitly in his/her request.
[0192] Other details of searching an ontology based on a token string is described in U.S. Utility Application Serial No.12/341,743 for“Method and Apparatus for Searching Using An Active Ontology,” filed December 22, 2008, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. [0193] In some examples, once natural language processing module 732 identifies an actionable intent (or domain) based on the user request, natural language processing module 732 can generate a structured query to represent the identified actionable intent. In some examples, the structured query can include parameters for one or more nodes within the domain for the actionable intent, and at least some of the parameters are populated with the specific information and requirements specified in the user request. For example, the user may say“Make me a dinner reservation at a sushi place at 7.” In this case, natural language processing module 732 can be able to correctly identify the actionable intent to be“restaurant reservation” based on the user input. According to the ontology, a structured query for a “restaurant reservation” domain may include parameters such as {Cuisine}, {Time}, {Date}, {Party Size}, and the like. In some examples, based on the speech input and the text derived from the speech input using STT processing module 730, natural language processing module 732 can generate a partial structured query for the restaurant reservation domain, where the partial structured query includes the parameters {Cuisine =“Sushi”} and {Time =“7pm”}. However, in this example, the user’s utterance contains insufficient information to complete the structured query associated with the domain. Therefore, other necessary parameters such as {Party Size} and {Date} may not be specified in the structured query based on the information currently available. In some examples, natural language processing module 732 can populate some parameters of the structured query with received contextual information. For example, in some examples, if the user requested a sushi restaurant“near me,” natural language processing module 732 can populate a {location} parameter in the structured query with GPS coordinates from the user device.
[0194] In some examples, natural language processing module 732 can pass the generated structured query (including any completed parameters) to task flow processing module 736 (“task flow processor”). Task flow processing module 736 can be configured to receive the structured query from natural language processing module 732, complete the structured query, if necessary, and perform the actions required to“complete” the user’s ultimate request. In some examples, the various procedures necessary to complete these tasks can be provided in task flow models 754. In some examples, task flow models 754 can include procedures for obtaining additional information from the user and task flows for performing actions associated with the actionable intent.
[0195] As described above, in order to complete a structured query, task flow processing module 736 may need to initiate additional dialogue with the user in order to obtain additional information, and/or disambiguate potentially ambiguous utterances. When such interactions are necessary, task flow processing module 736 can invoke dialogue flow processing module 734 to engage in a dialogue with the user. In some examples, dialogue flow processing module 734 can determine how (and/or when) to ask the user for the additional information and receives and processes the user responses. The questions can be provided to and answers can be received from the users through I/O processing module 728. In some examples, dialogue flow processing module 734 can present dialogue output to the user via audio and/or visual output, and receives input from the user via spoken or physical (e.g., clicking) responses. Continuing with the example above, when task flow processing module 736 invokes dialogue flow processing module 734 to determine the“party size” and “date” information for the structured query associated with the domain“restaurant reservation,” dialogue flow processing module 734 can generate questions such as“For how many people?” and“On which day?” to pass to the user. Once answers are received from the user, dialogue flow processing module 734 can then populate the structured query with the missing information, or pass the information to task flow processing module 736 to complete the missing information from the structured query.
[0196] Once task flow processing module 736 has completed the structured query for an actionable intent, task flow processing module 736 can proceed to perform the ultimate task associated with the actionable intent. Accordingly, task flow processing module 736 can execute the steps and instructions in the task flow model according to the specific parameters contained in the structured query. For example, the task flow model for the actionable intent of“restaurant reservation” can include steps and instructions for contacting a restaurant and actually requesting a reservation for a particular party size at a particular time. For example, using a structured query such as: {restaurant reservation, restaurant = ABC Café, date = 3/12/2012, time = 7pm, party size = 5}, task flow processing module 736 can perform the steps of: (1) logging onto a server of the ABC Café or a restaurant reservation system such as OPENTABLE®, (2) entering the date, time, and party size information in a form on the website, (3) submitting the form, and (4) making a calendar entry for the reservation in the user’s calendar.
[0197] In some examples, task flow processing module 736 can employ the assistance of service processing module 738 (“service processing module”) to complete a task requested in the user input or to provide an informational answer requested in the user input. For example, service processing module 738 can act on behalf of task flow processing module 736 to make a phone call, set a calendar entry, invoke a map search, invoke or interact with other user applications installed on the user device, and invoke or interact with third-party services (e.g., a restaurant reservation portal, a social networking website, a banking portal, etc.). In some examples, the protocols and application programming interfaces (API) required by each service can be specified by a respective service model among service models 756. Service processing module 738 can access the appropriate service model for a service and generate requests for the service in accordance with the protocols and APIs required by the service according to the service model.
[0198] For example, if a restaurant has enabled an online reservation service, the restaurant can submit a service model specifying the necessary parameters for making a reservation and the APIs for communicating the values of the necessary parameter to the online reservation service. When requested by task flow processing module 736, service processing module 738 can establish a network connection with the online reservation service using the web address stored in the service model, and send the necessary parameters of the reservation (e.g., time, date, party size) to the online reservation interface in a format according to the API of the online reservation service.
[0199] In some examples, natural language processing module 732, dialogue flow processing module 734, and task flow processing module 736 can be used collectively and iteratively to infer and define the user’s intent, obtain information to further clarify and refine the user intent, and finally generate a response (i.e., an output to the user, or the completion of a task) to fulfill the user’s intent. The generated response can be a dialogue response to the speech input that at least partially fulfills the user’s intent. Further, in some examples, the generated response can be output as a speech output. In these examples, the generated response can be sent to speech synthesis module 740 (e.g., speech synthesizer) where it can be processed to synthesize the dialogue response in speech form. In yet other examples, the generated response can be data content relevant to satisfying a user request in the speech input.
[0200] Speech synthesis module 740 can be configured to synthesize speech outputs for presentation to the user. Speech synthesis module 740 synthesizes speech outputs based on text provided by the digital assistant. For example, the generated dialogue response can be in the form of a text string. Speech synthesis module 740 can convert the text string to an audible speech output. Speech synthesis module 740 can use any appropriate speech synthesis technique in order to generate speech outputs from text, including, but not limited, to concatenative synthesis, unit selection synthesis, diphone synthesis, domain-specific synthesis, formant synthesis, articulatory synthesis, hidden Markov model (HMM) based synthesis, and sinewave synthesis. In some examples, speech synthesis module 740 can be configured to synthesize individual words based on phonemic strings corresponding to the words. For example, a phonemic string can be associated with a word in the generated dialogue response. The phonemic string can be stored in metadata associated with the word. Speech synthesis model 740 can be configured to directly process the phonemic string in the metadata to synthesize the word in speech form.
[0201] In some examples, instead of (or in addition to) using speech synthesis module 740, speech synthesis can be performed on a remote device (e.g., the server system 108), and the synthesized speech can be sent to the user device for output to the user. For example, this can occur in some implementations where outputs for a digital assistant are generated at a server system. And because server systems generally have more processing power or resources than a user device, it can be possible to obtain higher quality speech outputs than would be practical with client-side synthesis.
[0202] Additional details on digital assistants can be found in the U.S. Utility Application No.12/987,982, entitled“Intelligent Automated Assistant,” filed January 10, 2011, and U.S. Utility Application No. 13/251,088, entitled“Generating and Processing Task Items That Represent Tasks to Perform,” filed September 30, 2011, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
4. Exemplary Techniques for Intelligent Task Discovery
[0203] FIGS. 8A-E illustrate exemplary techniques including exemplary user interfaces (“UI”) for intelligent task discovery in accordance with some embodiments. These figures are also used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 10A-C and 11.
[0204] FIG.8A shows electronic device 800. Electronic device 800 may be any of devices 104, 122, 200, 400, 600, 1200, and 1300 (FIGS.1, 2A, 3, 4, 5A, 6A-6B, 12, and 13) in some embodiments. In the illustrated example, electronic device 800 is a mobile phone. While the illustrated example is described herein with reference to electronic device 800, it will be appreciated that a variety of electronic devices, such as laptops, desktops, tablets, wearable devices, and home electronics including televisions and speakers, can be used in other implementations. [0205] Electronic device 800 provides a user interface for a user to interact with an intelligent automated assistant. The user interface can be graphical and/or auditory. In some examples, electronic device 800 displays a graphical user interface on a display screen, such as touch-sensitive display screen 802. In some examples, electronic device 800 samples audio user inputs via a microphone of the electronic device. With reference to FIG.8A, electronic device 800 receives a user input“READ MY MESSAGES”. The user input may be a spoken utterance, a physical touch, an active gesture, or a combination thereof. In response, electronic device 800 displays a textual transcription 804 of the user input“READ MY MESSAGES” on display screen 802.
[0206] In response to the user input, electronic device 800 derives a user intent (e.g., read one or more text messages most recently received and not yet read at the electronic device) and accordingly obtains an unread text message received at the electronic device. Electronic device 800 converts the text message into speech and provides (e.g., via a speaker) an audio output that includes an audio representation of the text message. In some instances, the audio output also includes relevant information associated with the text message (e.g., sender name, time stamp, etc.) and a prompt for additional input. In the depicted example, electronic device 800 provides an audio output 812:“TONY SAID, FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO, GIVE PEPPER A CALL 123-456-7890. WOULD YOU LIKE TO REPLY?”
[0207] Based on the received text message, the electronic device 800 identifies one or more tasks. In some examples, electronic device 800 determines whether any portion of the text message (e.g. a portion of the text string) is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. The plurality of data types include, but are not limited to: address(es) (e.g.,“1 Infinite Loop Cupertino”), phone number(s) (e.g.,“123-456-7890”), Uniform Resource Locators (“URLs”) (e.g.“http://www.apple.com/”), date(s) (e.g.,“tomorrow”,“6/1/2000”), person(s) of interest (“Tony Stark”), place(s) of interest, package tracking number(s), flight number(s), and so forth. It will be appreciated any information of interest can be defined as being of one or more data types, for example, based on word recognition, patterns and/or metadata of the information.
[0208] In some examples, one or more detectors are implemented to analyze content (e.g., text message, emails, etc.) to detect one or more predefined data types, respectively, at electronic device 800. A detector includes one or more software programs that are capable of recognizing data of predefined data type(s) in the content. In some examples, a detector is programmed to identify text (e.g., letters), numbers (e.g., integers), text and/or numbers arranged in a certain format (e.g., xx/xx/xxxx, (xxx)xxx-xxxx), predetermined keywords (“http://”,“Apt.”), information of interest (e.g., names in the user’s address book), or a combination thereof. In some examples, a detector is implemented to detect a single data type. For example, a phone number detector can be implemented to detect phone numbers, a URL detector can be implemented to detect URLs, an address detector can be implemented to detect addresses, and so forth. In some examples, each of the detectors on electronic device 800 is executed to analyze content to detect the presence of data of the respective data type.
[0209] Electronic device 800 associates each data type with at least one task which, in some instances, has one or more parameters. For example, the“address” data type is associated with a task of navigation having a parameter of an address, or may be associated with a task of updating a contact entry, or both. As another example, the“URL” data type is associated with a first task of opening in a browser having parameter of a website link, a second task of creating a book mark of the linked address, and a third task of adding to reading list with a parameter of a website link. As another example, the“flight number” data type is associated with a task of setting a reminder with parameters of dates and time.
[0210] In some examples, electronic devices of different types associate the same data type with different sets of tasks. For example, on a mobile phone such as electronic device 800, the“URL” data type is associated with two tasks: the task of opening the URL in a browser and the task of adding the URL to a reading list. In comparison, on a navigation device, the“URL” data type is associated with only the task of adding the URL to a reading list. The task of opening a URL in a browser may, for instance, be undesirable in use cases of the navigation device (e.g., driving).
[0211] In some examples, electronic device 800 associates a data type with one or more tasks based on context information. For example, based on the speed of movement of the electronic device (e.g., as measured by the GPS coordinates of the device over time), or that the electronic device is paired to a vehicle, the electronic device can determine whether the electronic device is in a moving vehicle. If the electronic device determines that the electronic device is in a moving vehicle, the“URL” data type is not associated with the task of opening in a browser but is associated with only the task of adding the URL to a reading list, for example. [0212] In some examples, after detecting data of a particular data type, electronic device 800 displays (e.g., on a display screen) one or more of the tasks associated with the data type along with the corresponding parameters. With reference to FIG.8B, a number of detectors are executed to analyze the text string of the above-described text message. A phone detector detects a phone number“123-456-7890”, and an address detector detects an address“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”. Based on the detected data types, electronic device 800 identifies a first task associated with the“phone number” data type (i.e., calling a number) and a second task associated with the“address” data type (i.e., navigating to an address). Accordingly, electronic device 800 displays selectable affordance 808 representing the first task (GET DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO) and selectable affordance 810 representing the second task (CALL 123-456-7890) on the display screen.
[0213] In some examples, if multiple tasks are available for display (e.g., because a detected data type is associated with multiple tasks and/or multiple data types are detected), electronic device 800 prioritizes the display of some tasks over the display of other tasks, for instance, based on the type of the electronic device. For example, on a navigation device, the display of a task of navigation is prioritized over the display of a task of making a phone call. The prioritization of display can be implemented in a number of ways. For example, an affordance representing the first task is displayed more prominently (e.g., different fonts, different colors, different positions) than an affordance representing the second task. As another example, the affordance representing the first task is displayed before (e.g., temporally) the affordance representing the second task is displayed. As another example, the affordance representing the second task is not displayed at all. The second task, although not displayed, can still be initiated by a speech input, as discussed in more details below with respect to FIG.8C.
[0214] It will be appreciated that the display of tasks on electronic device 800 can vary based on other factors, such as the amount of display area available and context information. For example, the size and number of displayed affordances (e.g., buttons) can vary based on the amount of display area available, which in turn can vary based on the type of electronic device (e.g., phone, tablet, television) and/or the operating system of the electronic device. In some examples, visual enhancement(s) can be provided based on the amount of display area available. For example, on an electronic device with relatively large display capabilities (e.g. television), the electronic device can display the address (e.g., for the task of navigation) as a pin on a map as part of the intelligent automated assistant GUI. As another example, if a phone number of the user’s contact is detected, the electronic device can obtain additional information related to the contact (via a look-up in the user’s contact list) and provide (e.g., display) the information for the task of calling as part of the intelligent automated assistant GUI.
[0215] With reference to FIG.8C, electronic device 800 receives a user input initiating the task of navigation and causes the task to be performed. As illustrated, electronic device 800 displays a text string“GETTING DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP,
CUPERTINO”. In some examples, electronic device 800 invokes one or more software service providers (e.g., application(s), API(s), and/or function(s) for navigation) to perform the selected task. In some examples, electronic device 800 causes the task to be performed on a second electronic device different from electronic device 800. For example, upon receiving the user input, electronic device 800 causes a navigation device to initiate navigation, for example, by transmitting the address to the navigation device.
[0216] In some examples, the user input initiating the task of navigation is a physical touch on selectable affordance 808 (“GET DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP
CUPERTINO”) as illustrated in FIG.8B. In some examples, electronic device 800 allows the user to initiate the one or more tasks associated with the detected data types via speech inputs, such as an utterance“drive me there”. In response to receiving the speech input, electronic device 800 determines whether the speech input is indicative of one or more tasks associated with the detected data type. If the speech input is indicative of a task associated with the detected data type, the electronic device causes the task to be performed, as discussed in more details below.
[0217] In some examples, electronic device 800 identifies task(s) and parameter(s) from the speech input based on context information. In some examples, the context information can include what is being currently displayed at the electronic device. For example, if affordance 808 in FIG. 8B (“GET DIRECTIONS TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”) is displayed when the user utters“drive me there”, the electronic device derives user intent to navigate to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” at least partially based on what is currently displayed. In some examples, the context information can include data types that have been detected by the electronic device (e.g., address, phone number) and the corresponding data (e.g.,“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”,“123-456-7890”). For example, if the user provides an audio input“drive me there” when affordance 808 is not displayed, the electronic device can still derive user intent to drive to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” based on the context information.
[0218] In some examples, upon receiving a speech input initiating a task to perform (e.g., “drive me there”), electronic device 800 sends data corresponding to the speech input, as well as selective portions of context information, to one or more servers for processing. In some examples, the one or more servers convert the data into a textual representation (e.g., a text string), derive at least part of a user intent based on the textual representation and the received context information, and/or operationalize the derived user intent into the task. In some examples, personal data of the user is not transmitted to the one or more servers. In some examples, context information such as text messages and emails, as well as information (e.g. detected types) derived from the text messages and emails, constitutes personal data and thus is not transmitted to the one or more servers. In some examples, the context information including personal data of the user is used locally by the electronic device to assist the processing of the speech input and the identification of task(s) and parameter(s). For example, while the detected phone number“123-456-7890” and the detected address“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” are not transmitted to the server, the phone number and the address are still used locally to derive parameters for the task of calling and the task of navigation at the electronic device, respectively. In some examples, the identification of task(s) and parameter(s) based on a speech input is performed locally on the electronic device.
[0219] Data of particular data types detected by electronic device 800 can be
automatically stored at the electronic device. For example, after processing the text message described above, electronic device stores the detected address“1 INFINITE LOOP
CUPERTINO” and the detected phone number“123-456-7890”, along with the respective data types (i.e., address and phone number), at electronic device 800. In some examples, metadata associated with the text message is stored. For example, the sender of the text message (“TONY STARK”) and the time stamp of the text message are stored in association with the data and the data types. In some examples, the stored data, data types, and metadata are part of a short-term memory that persists for only a limited period of time (e.g. for the current user session of the intelligent automated assistant, for a few minutes, until the device enters an inactive state). In some examples, the stored data, data types, and metadata are part of a long-term memory that is associated with the user. [0220] In some examples, the stored context information is used to interpret user inputs. With reference to FIG.8D, the user provides (e.g., utters) an input“DRIVE ME TO THE LAST ADDRESS TONY SENT ME”, which is transcribed and displayed as a text string 818 on display screen 802. Based on the phrase“THE LAST ADDRESS TONY SENT ME”, electronic device 800 refers to the stored context information, which associates“TONY” and “address” with“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”. Accordingly, electronic device 800 is able to derive a parameter“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” for a task of navigation. With reference to FIG.8E, the electronic device launches a service provider (e.g., a navigation application, function, and/or API) to perform the task of navigation with the parameter“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”.
[0221] It will be appreciated that the stored context information can be used to process user inputs directed to any software application on electronic device 800. For example, if the user invokes a software application (e.g., a navigation application) and utters“THE LAST ADDRESS TONY SENT ME”, the software application is able to refer to the stored context information to derive“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”. It should be further appreciated that the stored context information can be used for purposes other than interpreting user inputs by the electronic device. For example, if the user invokes a navigation application, the navigation application can provide (e.g., displays) relevant portions of the context information such as the address“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” as a suggested destination, without a user request.
[0222] After discovering one or more tasks, an electronic device can present (e.g., display) the discovered tasks to the user at multiple points during operation. Exemplary entry points for the discovered tasks are discussed with respect to FIGS. 9A-C. FIG.9A shows electronic device 900. Electronic device 900 may be any of devices 104, 122, 200, 400, 600, 1200, and 1300 (FIGS. 1, 2A, 3, 4, 5A, 6A-6B, 12, and 13) in some embodiments. In the illustrated example, electronic device 900 is an electronic device with navigation capabilities. While the illustrated example is described herein with reference to electronic device 900, it will be appreciated that a variety of electronic devices, such as laptops, desktops, tablets, wearable devices (e.g., watch, headphones), and home electronics including televisions and speakers, can be used in other implementations.
[0223] In some examples, electronic device 900 provides an entry point to some of the tasks discovered in certain content (e.g., text messages, emails, documents) after presenting the content to the user and/or while presenting the content to the user. As illustrated in FIG. 9A, electronic device 900 provides an audio output 918 corresponding to text message received at electronic device 900:“TONY SAID, FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO, GIVE PEPPER A CALL 123-456-7890. WANT TO REPLY?” Electronic device 900 also displays, on a display screen, affordance 910 (“DIRECTIONS”), affordance 912 (“READING…”), affordance 914 (“DON’T REPLY”), and affordance 916 (“REPLY”). In particular, affordance 910 (“DIRECTION”) represents a task of navigation, which is discovered based on the text message referred to in audio input 918. In some examples, affordance 910 is displayed while electronic device 900 provides the audio output 918 and/or after electronic device 900 finishes providing the audio output 918. If affordance 910 is selected by the user (e.g., via a physical touch input, via a speech input“directions”), the task of navigation to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” is initiated (not depicted).
[0224] In the depicted example, after electronic device 900 finishes providing the audio output 918, electronic device 900 receives an input“Yes, Hello” from the user. As illustrated in FIG.9B, electronic device 900 provides an audio output 926 (“YOUR REPLY TO TONY SAYS, HELLO. READY TO SEND IT?”) Electronic device 900 also displays affordance 920 (“READING…”), affordance 922 (“CHANGE”), affordance 924 (“SEND”) while providing the audio output 926. If the user selects affordance 924 (“SEND”), electronic device 900 transmits the user’s reply, in some instances, using a service such as a text message application.
[0225] The electronic device allows the user to make changes after composing a reply message, for example, by specifying a different service provider (e.g., from a different domain). For example, upon receiving the user input“YES, HELLO” (responsive to the prompt“WANT TO REPLY?”), electronic device 800 can identify a default service provider for transmitting the reply. In some examples, the service provider is identified based on the original content (e.g., the original text message). That is, if the reply is responsive to a text message, the electronic device identifies the text message application as the default service provider. However, if the user provides a subsequent input, for example,“SEND AS AN EMAIL” or“CREATE A REMINDER”, the electronic device can identify a second service provider based on the user input and provide the composed message (e.g.,“HELLO”), as well as relevant context information (“TONY STARK”), to the second service provider (e.g., an email application or a reminder API).
[0226] In some examples, electronic device 900 provides additional entry points to some of the discovered tasks throughout a user session with the intelligent automated assistant. As illustrated in FIG.9C, electronic device 900 provides an audio output 930 (“I’LL SEND IT”) and transmits a text message, in some instances, in response to a user input (not depicted). Electronic device 900 also displays affordance 928 (“DIRECTIONS”), which represents the task of navigation and is functionally identical to previously displayed affordance 910 (FIG. 9A). If affordance 928 is selected by the user (e.g., via a physical touch input, via a speech input“directions”), the task of navigation to“1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO” is initiated (not depicted). In some examples, when no affordance representing the discovered task of navigation is displayed, the user can initiate the task via speech input, as described above.
[0227] Notably, although each of electronic device 800 (FIGS.8A-E) and electronic device 900 (FIGS. 9A-C) receive a text message including a same text string (“FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO, GIVE PEPPER A CALL 123-456-7890”) each of the devices 800, 900 provides different visual outputs corresponding to the discovered tasks (e.g., affordances 808 and 810 in FIG.8B as compared to affordance 910 in FIG.9A). In some examples, the two electronic devices 800, 900 identify different numbers and types of tasks as a result of their differing device types (e.g., mobile phone v. navigation device) and context information (e.g., whether the device is in a moving vehicle), as described above. In some examples, the two electronic devices display different numbers and types of tasks as a result of differing amounts of display area available, as described above.
[0228] While the illustrated examples in FIGS.8A-E and 9A-C are described herein with reference to text messages, it will be appreciated that a variety of content, such as emails, audio messages, videos, images, and the like, can be analyzed to detect particular data types (and the associated tasks).
[0229] It will be further appreciated that the detection of data types and the identification of associated tasks can be triggered with or without a user request. For example, electronic device 800, upon receiving a text message, can initiate intelligent task discovery without a user request (e.g.,“READ MY MESSAGES”). If electronic device 800 detects one or more particular data types, the electronic device can automatically output (e.g., display or provide a spoken output) some of the tasks associated with the detected data types. The display and selection of the identified tasks can be implemented in a manner similar to what is described above.
5. Exemplary Processes for Intelligent Task Discovery [0230] FIGS. 10A-C illustrate process 1000 for operating a digital assistant according to various examples. Process 1000 is performed, for example, using one or more electronic devices (e.g., devices 104, 106, 200, 400, 600, 1200, or 1300) implementing a digital assistant. In some examples, the process is performed at a client-server system (e.g., system 100) implementing a digital assistant. The blocks of the process can be divided up in any manner between the server (e.g., DA server 106) and the client (e.g., user device 104). In process 1000, some blocks are, optionally, combined, the order of some blocks is, optionally, changed, and some blocks are, optionally, omitted. In some examples, only a subset of the features or blocks described below with reference to FIGS.10A-C is performed.
[0231] As described below, method 1000 provides an efficient way for task discovery in content such as text messages and emails on an electronic device. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for manually specifying task or service(s) to invoke and manually reproducing portions of the content to perform the task(s), thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to reach the completion of tasks more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0232] At block 1002, an electronic device receives a communication. In some examples, the communication can be any content, including but not limited to, a text message, an email, a document, an audio clip, an image, or a combination thereof. In some examples, the communication comprises a text string (e.g., derived using text recognition technologies or speech-to-text technologies). Optionally, at block 1003, the electronic device provides, with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication (e.g.,“FLYING OVER TO 1 INFINITE LOOP CUPERTINO”). In some examples, the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request (e.g.,“READ MY MESSAGES”). In some examples, providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech at block 1050.
[0233] At block 1006, the electronic device determines whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. The data type has at least one task associated therewith. Optionally, at block 1008, the electronic device detects in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type. The detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types. Optionally, at block 1010, the electronic device identifies the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device.
[0234] In some examples, the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
[0235] Optionally at block 1012, the electronic device displays, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task. Optionally at block 1016, the electronic device prioritizes a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device. Optionally at block 1017, the electronic device prioritizes the display of the affordance of the first task by foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task. In some examples where the affordance of the second task is not displayed, if the electronic device receives a user input (e.g., speech) indicative of the second task, the electronic device causes the second task to be performed.
[0236] At block 1014, the electronic device, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoes causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
[0237] At block 1018, the electronic device, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, receives a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type. Optionally at block 1020, the user input comprises a selection of the displayed affordance.
[0238] Optionally at block 1022, the user input indicative of the task is a speech input. In some examples, the speech input does not include the portion of the text. At block 1025, a user intent is derived from the speech input based on context information. The context information comprises the portion of the text.
[0239] In some examples, at block 1023, the electronic device sends data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the electronic device. The data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication. At block 1024, the electronic device receives, from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task.
[0240] In response to the user input indicative of the task at block 1018, the electronic device causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. In some examples, the task is performed at a second electronic device different from the electronic device.
[0241] In some examples, the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input. At block 1004, the electronic device, after providing the first speech output at block 1003, provides a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication (e.g.,“WANT TO REPLY?”). At block 1005, the electronic device, after providing the second speech output at block 1004, receives a second speech input (e.g., “YES, HELLO”) from the user. In some examples, the second speech input is received before the first speech input (e.g.,“DRIVE ME THERE”) is received.
[0242] In some examples, at block 1054, the electronic device identifies a first service provider (e.g., a text message software application) based on the communication. The first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains. At block 1056, after receiving the second speech input (“YES, HELLO”), the electronic device receives a third speech input (e.g.,“SEND AS AN EMAIL”) indicative of a second domain of the plurality of domains. The second domain is different from the first domain. In response, at block 1058, the electronic device identifies a second service provider (e.g., an email software application) based on the third speech input and, at block 1060, provides data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider.
[0243] In some examples, more than one data type is detected in the text string. In some examples, the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string, the data type is a first data type, and the task is a first task. At block 1070, the electronic device determines whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types. At block 1072, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device identifies a second task based on the second data type. At block 1074, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device foregoes identifying the second task based on the second data type.
[0244] Optionally at block 1030, the electronic device stores information associated with the communication on the electronic device. In some examples, the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string. In some examples, the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type. In some examples, the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication. Optionally at block 1032, the electronic device receives an input. Optionally at block 1034, the electronic device identifies a task based on the input. Optionally at block 1036, the electronic device performs the task based on at least part of the stored information.
[0245] Optionally at block 1040, the electronic device stores information associated with the communication on the electronic device. In some examples, block 1040 is functionally similar and/or identical to block 1030. Optionally at block 1042, the electronic device invokes a software application, and at block 1044, performs the task based on at least part of the stored information.
[0246] FIG.11 illustrates process 1100 for operating a digital assistant according to various examples. Process 1100 is performed, for example, using one or more electronic devices (e.g., devices 104, 106, 200, 400, 600, 1200, or 1300) implementing a digital assistant. In some examples, the processes is performed at a client-server system (e.g., system 100) implementing a digital assistant. The blocks of the processes can be divided up in any manner between the server (e.g., DA server 106) and the client (e.g., user device 104). In process 1100, some blocks are, optionally, combined, the order of some blocks is, optionally, changed, and some blocks are, optionally, omitted. In some examples, only a subset of the features or blocks described below with reference to FIG.11 is performed.
[0247] As described below, method 1100 provides an efficient way for task discovery content such as text messages and emails on an electronic device. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user for manually specifying task or service(s) to invoke and manually reproducing portions of the content to perform the task(s), thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated computing devices, enabling a user to reach the completion of tasks more efficiently conserves power and increases the time between battery charges.
[0248] At block 1102, the electronic device receives a communication comprising a text string. At block 1104, the electronic device determines whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types. In some examples, the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
[0249] In accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device derives a task having one or more parameters based on the data type at 1108 and outputs the derived tasks at 1110. A parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string.
[0250] Optionally at block 1112, the electronic device displays, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance. Optionally at 1114, the electronic device outputs an audio output.
[0251] Optionally at block 1116, the electronic device receives a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task. Optionally at block 1118, in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, the electronic device causes the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
[0252] At block 1106, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, the electronic device foregoes deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
[0253] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG.12 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments, including those described with reference to FIGS. 8A-E, 9A-C, and 10A-C. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG.12 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
[0254] As shown in FIG. 12, an electronic device 1200 includes a processing unit 1208, and optionally, a display unit 1202 and an output unit 1204. Optionally, the processing unit 1208 is coupled to the display unit 1202 and the output unit 1204. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1208 includes a receiving unit 1210, a determining 1212, a causing unit 1214, and optionally, a converting unit 1216, an identifying unit 1218, a providing unit 1220, a detecting unit 1222, a deriving unit 1224, a sending unit 1226, a storing unit 1228, a performing unit 1230, and invoking unit 1232.
[0255] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a communication comprising a text string (e.g., block 1002 of FIG. 10A); determine (e.g., with the determining unit 1212) whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith (e.g., block 1006 of FIG.10B); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type (e.g., block 1018 of FIG.10B); in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause (e.g., with the causing unit 1214) the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string (e.g., block 1026 of FIG. 10C); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing (e.g., with the causing unit 1214) the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string (e.g., block 1014 of FIG.10B).
[0256] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: provide (e.g., with the outputting unit 1204), with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication (e.g., block 1003 of FIG.10A).
[0257] In some examples, the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request.
[0258] In some examples, providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting (e.g., with the converting unit 1216) the text string of the communication into speech (e.g., block 1050 of FIG. 10A).
[0259] In some examples, the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input, and wherein the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: after providing the first speech output, provide (e.g., with the output unit 1204) a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication (e.g., block 1004 of FIG. 10A); after providing the second speech output, receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a second speech input from the user, wherein the second speech input is received before the first speech input is received (e.g., block 1005 of FIG.10A). [0260] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a first service provider based on the communication, wherein the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains (e.g., block 1054 of FIG.10A); after receiving the second speech input, receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a third speech input indicative of the a second domain of the plurality of domains, wherein the second domain is different from the first domain (e.g., block 1056 of FIG. 10A); identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a second service provider based on the third speech input (e.g., block 1058 of FIG.10A); provide (e.g., with the providing unit 1220) data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider (e.g., block 1060 of FIG.10A).
[0261] In some examples, the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number.
[0262] In some examples, determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises: detecting (e.g., with the detecting unit 1222) in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type, wherein the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types (e.g., block 1008 of FIG.10B).
[0263] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device 1200 (e.g., block 1010 of FIG. 10B).
[0264] In some examples, the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string, the data type is a first data type, and the task is a first task, and wherein the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: determine (e.g., with the determining unit 1212) whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types (e.g., block 1070 of FIG.10C); in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a second task based on the second data type (e.g., block 1072 of FIG.10C), and in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, forego identifying (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) the second task based on the second data type (e.g., block 1074 of FIG.10C). [0265] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: display (e.g., with the display unit 1202) an affordance corresponding to the task (e.g., block 1012 of FIG. 10B), wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance (e.g., block 1020 of FIG. 10B).
[0266] In some examples, the task is a first task, and wherein the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: prioritize a display (e.g., with the display unit 1202) of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device 1200 (e.g., block 1016 of FIG. 10B).
[0267] In some examples, prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises: foregoing the display (e.g., with the display unit 1202) of the affordance of the second task (e.g., block 1017 of FIG.10B).
[0268] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) a user input indicative of the second task; cause (e.g., with the causing unit 1214) the second task to be performed.
[0269] In some examples, the user input indicative of the task is a speech input (e.g., block 1022 of FIG.10B). In some examples, the speech input does not include the portion of the text.
[0270] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to derive (e.g., with the deriving unit 1224) a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text (e.g., block 1025 of FIG. 10B).
[0271] In some examples, the electronic device 1200 is a first electronic device, and wherein the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: with the first electronic device: send (e.g., with the sending unit 1226) data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, wherein the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication (e.g., block 1023 of FIG. 10B); receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210), from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task (e.g., block 1024 of FIG.10B).
[0272] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: store (e.g., with the storing unit 1228), on the electronic device 1200, information associated with the communication (e.g., block 1030 of FIG.10C). [0273] In some examples, the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string.
[0274] In some examples, the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type.
[0275] In some examples, the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication.
[0276] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1210) an input (e.g., block 1032 of FIG.10C); identify (e.g., with the identifying unit 1218) a task based on the input (e.g., block 1034 of FIG. 10C); and perform (e.g., with the performing unit 1230) the task based on at least part of the stored information (e.g., block 1036 of FIG.10C).
[0277] In some examples, the processing unit 1208 is further configured to: invoke (e.g., with the invoking unit 1230) a software application (e.g., block 1042 of FIG.10C); perform (e.g., with the performing unit 1230) the task based on at least part of the stored information (e.g., block 1044 of FIG.10C).
[0278] In some examples, the electronic device 1200 is a first electronic device, and wherein the task is performed on a second electronic device.
[0279] The operations described above with respect to FIG.10A-C are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 12. For example, receiving operation 1002, determining operation 1006, and causing operation 1026 are optionally implemented by processor(s) 120. It would be clear to a person of ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 12.
[0280] In accordance with some embodiments, FIG.13 shows a functional block diagram of an electronic device 1300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments, including those described with reference to FIGS. 8A-D, 9A-C and 11. The functional blocks of the device are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, or a combination of hardware and software to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 13 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
[0281] As shown in FIG. 13, an electronic device 1300 includes an output unit 1304, a processing unit 1308, and optionally, a display unit 1302. The processing unit 1308 is coupled to the output unit 1304 and optionally, the display unit 1302. In some embodiments, the processing unit 1308 includes a receiving unit 1310, a determining unit 1312, a deriving unit 1314, and optionally, a causing unit 1316.
[0282] In some examples, the processing unit 1308 configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1310) a communication comprising a text string(e.g., block 1102 of FIG. 11); determine (e.g., with the determining unit 1312) whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types (e.g., block 1104 of FIG.11); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types: derive (e.g., with the deriving unit 1314) a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and output (e.g., with the output unit 1304) the derived task (e.g., block 1108 of FIG.11); in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving (e.g., with the deriving unit 1314) a task having one or more parameters based on the data type (e.g., block 1106 of FIG.11).
[0283] In some examples, the processing unit 1300 is further configured to: receive (e.g., with the receiving unit 1310) a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task (e.g., block 1116 of FIG.11); in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, cause (e.g., with the causing unit 1316) the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string (e.g., block 1118 of FIG. 11).
[0284] In some examples, outputting the derived task comprises displaying (e.g., with the display unit 1302) an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance (e.g., block 1112 of FIG.11).
[0285] In some examples, outputting the derived task comprises outputting (e.g., with output unit 1304) an audio output (e.g., block 1114 of FIG.11).
[0286] In some examples, the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of: an address, a phone number, a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”), a date, a person of interest, a place of interest, a package tracking number, or a flight number. [0287] The operations described above with respect to FIG.11 are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 13. For example, receiving operation 1102, determining operation 1104, and deriving operation 1108 are optionally implemented by processor(s) 120. It would be clear to a person of ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1-4, 6A-B, 7A, and 13.
[0288] Exemplary methods, non-transitory computer-readable storage media, systems and electronic devices are set out in the following items:
1. A method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device, the method comprising:
at the electronic device,
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 2. The method of item 1, further comprising: providing, with the automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication. 3. The method of item 2, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request. 4. The method of item 2, wherein providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech. 5. The method of item 2, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the
communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input, the method further comprising:
after providing the first speech output, providing, with the electronic device, a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication;
after providing the second speech output, receiving, with the electronic device, a second speech input from the user,
wherein the second speech input is received before the first speech input is received. 6. The method of item 5, further comprising:
with the electronic device:
identifying a first service provider based on the communication, wherein the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains;
after receiving the second speech input, receiving a third speech input indicative of the a second domain of the plurality of domains, wherein the second domain is different from the first domain;
identifying a second service provider based on the third speech input; providing data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider. 7. The method of any of items 1-6, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number. 8. The method of any of items 1-7, wherein determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises:
detecting in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type, wherein the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types. 9. The method of any of items 1-8,
identifying, with the electronic device, the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device. 10. The method of any of items 1-9, wherein the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string, the data type is a first data type, and the task is a first task, the method further comprising:
determining, with the electronic device, whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, identifying a second task based on the second data type, and
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing identifying the second task based on the second data type. 11. The method of any of items 1-10, further comprising:
displaying, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance. 12. The method of item 11, wherein the task is a first task, the method further comprising:
prioritizing, with the electronic device, a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device.
13. The method of item 12, wherein prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises: foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task. 14. The method of item 13, further comprising:
receiving, with the electronic device, a user input indicative of the second task; causing the second task to be performed. 15. The method of item 1-10, wherein the user input indicative of the task is a speech input.
16. The method of item 15, wherein the speech input does not include the portion of the text. 17. The method of item 15, further comprising deriving a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text. 18. The method of item 15, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, the method further comprising:
with the first electronic device:
sending data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the first electronic device,
wherein the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication;
receiving, from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task. 19. The method of any of items 1-18, further comprising:
storing, on the electronic device, information associated with the communication. 20. The method of item 19, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string. 21. The method of item 19, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type. 22. The method of item 19, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication. 23. The method of item 19, further comprising:
with the electronic device:
receiving an input;
identifying a task based on the input; and
performing the task based on at least part of the stored information. 24. The method of item 19, further comprising:
with the electronic device,
invoking a software application;
performing the task based on at least part of the stored information. 25. The method of any of items 1-24, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, and wherein the task is performed on a second electronic device. 26. A method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device, the method comprising:
at the electronic device:
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
outputting the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. 27. The method of any of items 26, further comprising:
receiving a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task; in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 28. The method of any of items 26-27, wherein outputting the derived task comprises displaying, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance. 29. The method of any of items 26-27, wherein outputting the derived task comprises outputting an audio output. 30. The method of any of items 26-29, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number. 31. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
a memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 32. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
a memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
outputting the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. 33. An non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types: receive a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 34. An non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
derive a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
output the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. 35. An electronic device, comprising:
means for receiving a communication comprising a text string;
means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types,
receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type; in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 36. An electronic device, comprising:
means for receiving a communication comprising a text string;
means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
outputting the derived task;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. 37. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 1- 25. 38. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 1-25. 39. An electronic device, comprising:
means for performing any of the methods of items 1-25. 40. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of items 26- 30. 41. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to perform any of the methods of items 26-30. 42. An electronic device, comprising:
means for performing any of the methods of items 26-30. 43. An electronic device, comprising:
a processing unit configured to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receive a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 44. The electronic device of item 43, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: provide, with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication. 45. The electronic device of item 44, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request. 46. The electronic device of item 44, wherein providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech. 47. The electronic device of item 44,
wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the
communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
after providing the first speech output, provide a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication;
after providing the second speech output, receive a second speech input from the user, wherein the second speech input is received before the first speech input is received. 48. The electronic device of item 47, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
identify a first service provider based on the communication, wherein the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains;
after receiving the second speech input, receive a third speech input indicative of the a second domain of the plurality of domains, wherein the second domain is different from the first domain;
identify a second service provider based on the third speech input; provide data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider. 49. The electronic device of any of items 43-48, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest, a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number. 50. The electronic device of any of items 43-49, wherein determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises:
detecting in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type, wherein the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types. 51. The electronic device of any of items 43-50, wherein the processing unit is further configured to identify the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device. 52. The electronic device of any of items 43-51, wherein the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string, the data type is a first data type, and the task is a first task, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
determine, with the electronic device, whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, identify a second task based on the second data type, and
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, forego identifying the second task based on the second data type. 53. The electronic device of any of items 43-52, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: display, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance. 54. The electronic device of item 53, wherein the task is a first task, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to: prioritize a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device. 55. The electronic device of item 54, wherein prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises: foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task. 56. The electronic device of item 55, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
receive, with the electronic device, a user input indicative of the second task; cause the second task to be performed. 57. The electronic device of any of items 43-52, wherein the user input indicative of the task is a speech input. 58. The electronic device of item 57, wherein the speech input does not include the portion of the text. 59. The electronic device of item 57, wherein the processing unit is further configured to derive a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text. 60. The electronic device of item 57, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
with the first electronic device:
send data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the first electronic device,
wherein the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication;
receive, from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task. 61. The electronic device of any of items 43-60, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: store, on the electronic device, information associated with the communication. 62. The electronic device of item 61, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string. 63. The electronic device of item 61, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type. 64. The electronic device of item 61, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication. 65. The electronic device of item 61, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
receive an input;
identify a task based on the input; and
perform the task based on at least part of the stored information. 66. The electronic device of item 61, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
invoke a software application;
perform the task based on at least part of the stored information. 67. The electronic device of any of items 43-66, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, and wherein the task is performed on a second electronic device. 68. An electronic device comprising:
a processing unit configured to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
derive a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
output the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type. 69. The electronic device of item 68, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
receive a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task; in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string. 70. The electronic device of item 68-69, wherein outputting the derived task comprises displaying, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance. 71. The electronic device of any of item 68-69, wherein outputting the derived task comprises outputting an audio output. 72. The electronic device of any of any of items 68-71, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number. [0289] In accordance with some implementations, a computer-readable storage medium (e.g., a non-transitory computer readable storage medium) is provided, the computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs for execution by one or more processors of an electronic device, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods or processes described herein.
[0290] In accordance with some implementations, an electronic device (e.g., a portable electronic device) is provided that comprises means for performing any of the methods or processes described herein. [0291] In accordance with some implementations, an electronic device (e.g., a portable electronic device) is provided that comprises a processing unit configured to perform any of the methods or processes described herein.
[0292] In accordance with some implementations, an electronic device (e.g., a portable electronic device) is provided that comprises one or more processors and memory storing one or more programs for execution by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods or processes described herein.
[0293] The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the techniques and their practical applications. Others skilled in the art are thereby enabled to best utilize the techniques and various embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.
[0294] Although the disclosure and examples have been fully described with reference to the accompanying drawings, it is to be noted that various changes and modifications will become apparent to those skilled in the art. Such changes and modifications are to be understood as being included within the scope of the disclosure and examples as defined by the claims.
[0295] As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from various sources to improve the discovery of tasks in content. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to contact or locate a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location- based data, telephone numbers, email addresses, home addresses, or any other identifying information.
[0296] The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, the personal information data can be used to deliver targeted content that is of greater interest to the user. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables calculated control of the delivered content. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure.
[0297] The present disclosure further contemplates that the entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities should implement and consistently use privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining personal information data private and secure. For example, personal information from users should be collected for legitimate and reasonable uses of the entity and not shared or sold outside of those legitimate uses. Further, such collection should occur only after receiving the informed consent of the users. Additionally, such entities would take any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices.
[0298] Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, in the case of advertisement delivery services, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to“opt in” or“opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services. In another example, users can select not to provide location information for targeted content delivery services. In yet another example, users can select to not provide precise location information, but permit the transfer of location zone information.
[0299] Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, content can be selected and delivered to users by inferring preferences based on non-personal information data or a bare minimum amount of personal information, such as the content being requested by the device associated with a user, other non-personal information available to the content delivery services, or publically available information.

Claims

CLAIMS What is claimed is:
1. A method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device, the method
comprising:
at the electronic device,
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
2. The method of claim 1, further comprising: providing, with the automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request.
4. The method of claim 2, wherein providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech.
5. The method of claim 2, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input, the method further comprising:
after providing the first speech output, providing, with the electronic device, a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication; after providing the second speech output, receiving, with the electronic device, a second speech input from the user,
wherein the second speech input is received before the first speech input is received.
6. The method of claim 5, further comprising:
with the electronic device:
identifying a first service provider based on the communication, wherein the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains;
after receiving the second speech input, receiving a third speech input indicative of the a second domain of the plurality of domains, wherein the second domain is different from the first domain;
identifying a second service provider based on the third speech input;
providing data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises:
detecting in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type, wherein the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types.
9. The method of claim 1, identifying, with the electronic device, the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string, the data type is a first data type, and the task is a first task, the method further comprising:
determining, with the electronic device, whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, identifying a second task based on the second data type, and
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing identifying the second task based on the second data type.
11. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
displaying, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance.
12. The method of claim 11, wherein the task is a first task, the method further comprising:
prioritizing, with the electronic device, a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises:
foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task.
14. The method of claim 13, further comprising:
receiving, with the electronic device, a user input indicative of the second task;
causing the second task to be performed.
15. The method of claim 1, wherein the user input indicative of the task is a speech input.
16. The method of claim 15, wherein the speech input does not include the portion of the text.
17. The method of claim 15, further comprising deriving a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text.
18. The method of claim 15, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, the method further comprising:
with the first electronic device:
sending data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the first electronic device,
wherein the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication;
receiving, from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task.
19. The method of claim 1, further comprising:
storing, on the electronic device, information associated with the communication.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the stored information associated with the
communication comprises the portion of the text string.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein the stored information associated with the
communication comprises the data type.
22. The method of claim 19, wherein the stored information associated with the
communication comprises metadata associated with the communication.
23. The method of claim 19, further comprising:
with the electronic device:
receiving an input;
identifying a task based on the input; and
performing the task based on at least part of the stored information.
24. The method of claim 19, further comprising:
with the electronic device,
invoking a software application;
performing the task based on at least part of the stored information.
25. The method of claim 1, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, and wherein the task is performed on a second electronic device.
26. A method for operating an automated assistant on an electronic device, the method
comprising:
at the electronic device:
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
outputting the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
27. The method of claim 26, further comprising:
receiving a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task;
in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
28. The method of claim 26, wherein outputting the derived task comprises displaying, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance.
29. The method of claim 26, wherein outputting the derived task comprises outputting an audio output.
30. The method of claim 1, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number.
31. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
a memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
32. An electronic device, comprising: one or more processors;
a memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
receiving a communication comprising a text string;
determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
outputting the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
33. An non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receive a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
34. An non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
derive a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
output the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
35. An electronic device, comprising:
means for receiving a communication comprising a text string;
means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types,
receiving a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
36. An electronic device, comprising:
means for receiving a communication comprising a text string; means for determining whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
outputting the derived task;
means for, in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, foregoing deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
37. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of claims 1-25.
38. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to perform any of the methods of claims 1-25.
39. An electronic device, comprising:
means for performing any of the methods of claims 1-25.
40. An electronic device, comprising:
one or more processors;
memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing any of the methods of claims 26-30.
41. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the device to perform any of the methods of claims 26-30.
42. An electronic device, comprising:
means for performing any of the methods of claims 26-30.
43. An electronic device, comprising:
a processing unit configured to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types, wherein the data type has at least one task associated therewith;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
receive a user input indicative of a task of the at least one task associated with the data type;
in response to the user input indicative of the task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego causing the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
44. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: provide, with an automated assistant, a speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication.
45. The electronic device of claim 44, wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is provided responsive to a user request.
46. The electronic device of claim 44, wherein providing the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication comprises converting the text string of the communication into speech.
47. The electronic device of claim 44,
wherein the speech output corresponding to the text string of the communication is a first speech output and the speech input indicative of the task is a first speech input, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
after providing the first speech output, provide a second speech output indicative of a prompt to reply to the communication;
after providing the second speech output, receive a second speech input from the user, wherein the second speech input is received before the first speech input is received.
48. The electronic device of claim 47, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
identify a first service provider based on the communication, wherein the first service provider is associated with a first domain of a plurality of domains;
after receiving the second speech input, receive a third speech input indicative of the a second domain of the plurality of domains, wherein the second domain is different from the first domain;
identify a second service provider based on the third speech input;
provide data associated with the second speech input to the second service provider.
49. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number.
50. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein determining whether the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of a plurality of data types comprises: detecting in the portion of the text string, with a detector, the presence of data of the data type, wherein the detector corresponds to the data type of the plurality of data types.
51. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the processing unit is further configured to identify the at least one task from a plurality of tasks based on a type of the electronic device.
52. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the portion of the text string is a first portion of the text string, the data type is a first data type, and the task is a first task, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
determine, with the electronic device, whether a second portion of the text string is associated with a second data type of the plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, identify a second task based on the second data type, and
in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the text string is not associated with the second data type of the plurality of data types, forego identifying the second task based on the second data type.
53. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: display, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance.
54. The electronic device of claim 53, wherein the task is a first task, and wherein the
processing unit is further configured to: prioritize a display of the affordance of the first task over a display of an affordance of a second task based on a type of the electronic device.
55. The electronic device of claim 54, wherein prioritizing the display of the affordance of the first task over the display of the affordance of the second task comprises: foregoing the display of the affordance of the second task.
56. The electronic device of claim 55, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: receive, with the electronic device, a user input indicative of the second task; cause the second task to be performed.
57. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the user input indicative of the task is a speech input.
58. The electronic device of claim 57, wherein the speech input does not include the portion of the text.
59. The electronic device of claim 57, wherein the processing unit is further configured to derive a user intent from the speech input based on context information, wherein the context information comprises the portion of the text.
60. The electronic device of claim 57, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic
device, and wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
with the first electronic device:
send data corresponding to the speech input to a second electronic device different from the first electronic device,
wherein the data corresponding to the speech input does not include the text string of the communication;
receive, from the second electronic device, a user intent corresponding to the task.
61. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: store, on the electronic device, information associated with the communication.
62. The electronic device of claim 61, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises the portion of the text string.
63. The electronic device of claim 61, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises the data type.
64. The electronic device of claim 61, wherein the stored information associated with the communication comprises metadata associated with the communication.
65. The electronic device of claim 61, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: receive an input;
identify a task based on the input; and
perform the task based on at least part of the stored information.
66. The electronic device of claim 61, wherein the processing unit is further configured to:
invoke a software application;
perform the task based on at least part of the stored information.
67. The electronic device of claim 43, wherein the electronic device is a first electronic device, and wherein the task is performed on a second electronic device.
68. An electronic device comprising:
a processing unit configured to:
receive a communication comprising a text string;
determine whether a portion of the text string is associated with a data type of a plurality of data types;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is associated with the data type of the plurality of data types:
derive a task having one or more parameters based on the data type, wherein a parameter of the one or more parameters comprises the portion of the text string, and
output the derived task;
in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text string is not associated with the data type of the plurality of data types, forego deriving a task having one or more parameters based on the data type.
69. The electronic device of claim 68, wherein the processing unit is further configured to: receive a user input indicative of a selection of the derived task;
in response to the user input indicative of the selection of the derived task, cause the task to be performed based on the portion of the text string.
70. The electronic device of claim 68, wherein outputting the derived task comprises displaying, with a display of the electronic device, an affordance corresponding to the derived task, wherein the user input comprises a selection of the affordance.
71. The electronic device of claim 68, wherein outputting the derived task comprises outputting an audio output.
72. The electronic device of claim 68, wherein the data type of the plurality of data types comprises at least one of:
an address,
a phone number,
a Uniform Resource Locator (“URL”),
a date,
a person of interest,
a place of interest,
a package tracking number, or
a flight number.
PCT/US2016/051895 2016-06-11 2016-09-15 Intelligent task discovery WO2017213677A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201662348888P 2016-06-11 2016-06-11
US62/348,888 2016-06-11
DKPA201670553A DK179343B1 (en) 2016-06-11 2016-07-25 Intelligent task discovery
US15/269,740 US10269345B2 (en) 2016-06-11 2016-09-19 Intelligent task discovery

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/663,653 Continuation US10871425B2 (en) 2015-01-31 2017-07-28 Systems and methods for meso-dissection

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017213677A1 true WO2017213677A1 (en) 2017-12-14

Family

ID=60582114

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2016/051895 WO2017213677A1 (en) 2016-06-11 2016-09-15 Intelligent task discovery

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017213677A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109782925A (en) * 2019-02-20 2019-05-21 联想(北京)有限公司 A kind of processing method, device and electronic equipment

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070282595A1 (en) * 2006-06-06 2007-12-06 Microsoft Corporation Natural language personal information management
US20100082349A1 (en) * 2008-09-29 2010-04-01 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for selective text to speech synthesis
US20120016678A1 (en) * 2010-01-18 2012-01-19 Apple Inc. Intelligent Automated Assistant
US20130311997A1 (en) * 2012-05-15 2013-11-21 Apple Inc. Systems and Methods for Integrating Third Party Services with a Digital Assistant
US20130346068A1 (en) * 2012-06-25 2013-12-26 Apple Inc. Voice-Based Image Tagging and Searching
US20160063998A1 (en) * 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 Apple Inc. Automatic speech recognition based on user feedback

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070282595A1 (en) * 2006-06-06 2007-12-06 Microsoft Corporation Natural language personal information management
US20130110519A1 (en) * 2006-09-08 2013-05-02 Apple Inc. Determining User Intent Based on Ontologies of Domains
US20130110505A1 (en) * 2006-09-08 2013-05-02 Apple Inc. Using Event Alert Text as Input to an Automated Assistant
US20100082349A1 (en) * 2008-09-29 2010-04-01 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for selective text to speech synthesis
US20120016678A1 (en) * 2010-01-18 2012-01-19 Apple Inc. Intelligent Automated Assistant
US20130110518A1 (en) * 2010-01-18 2013-05-02 Apple Inc. Active Input Elicitation by Intelligent Automated Assistant
US20130311997A1 (en) * 2012-05-15 2013-11-21 Apple Inc. Systems and Methods for Integrating Third Party Services with a Digital Assistant
US20130346068A1 (en) * 2012-06-25 2013-12-26 Apple Inc. Voice-Based Image Tagging and Searching
US20160063998A1 (en) * 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 Apple Inc. Automatic speech recognition based on user feedback

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109782925A (en) * 2019-02-20 2019-05-21 联想(北京)有限公司 A kind of processing method, device and electronic equipment

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2018282384B2 (en) Intelligent task discovery
US11599331B2 (en) Maintaining privacy of personal information
US20240281206A1 (en) Multi-modal interfaces
EP3701520B1 (en) Multi-turn canned dialog
AU2018101496A4 (en) Intelligent automated assistant
US10269345B2 (en) Intelligent task discovery
US20220156041A1 (en) Maintaining privacy of personal information
US10755051B2 (en) Rule-based natural language processing
US10755703B2 (en) Offline personal assistant
EP3458950B1 (en) Synchronization and task delegation of a digital assistant
US20180330714A1 (en) Machine learned systems
DK202070455A1 (en) User-specific acoustic models
US20170358300A1 (en) Digital assistant providing automated status report
EP3602540B1 (en) Client server processing of a natural language input for maintaining privacy of personal information
EP3424046B1 (en) User-specific acoustic models
WO2017213677A1 (en) Intelligent task discovery
EP3660669A1 (en) Intelligent task discovery

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16904823

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16904823

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1